RingCentral
Annual Report 2015

Plain-text annual report

Section 1: 10-K (10-K) UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 Form 10-K (Mark One) x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 OR For transition period from to Commission File Number: 001-36089 RingCentral, Inc. (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 94-3322844 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 20 Davis Drive Belmont, California 94002 (Address of principal executive offices) (650) 472-4100 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 Name of each exchange on which registered New York Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by a check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨ Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “ large accelerated filer,” “ accelerated filer” and “ smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer x ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company ¨ ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on June 30, 2015, based on the closing price of $18.49 for shares of the Registrant’s common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, was approximately $1.04 billion. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer, director, and their affiliated holders have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. As of February 22, 2016, there were 58,576,208 shares of Class A common stock and 13,430,733 shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Information required in response to Part III of Form 10-K (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) is hereby incorporated by reference to portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2016. Such Proxy Statement will be filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  TABLE OF CONTENTS PART_I Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures PART_II Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Item 7A. Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Consolidated Financial Data Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Change in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence Principal Accountant Fees and Services PART III Item 15. Exhibits PART IV 2 5 10 36 36 37 37 38 41 42 59 60 88 88 88 89 89 89 90 90 91 SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS PART I. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “could”, “seeks”, “estimates”, “expects”, “intends”, “may”, “plans”, “potential”, “predicts”, “projects”, “should”, “will”, “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about: ● our success in the enterprise market and with our carrier partners; ● our progress against short term and long term goals; ● our future financial performance; ● our anticipated growth and growth strategies and our ability to effectively manage that growth and effect these strategies; ● anticipated trends, developments and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate, as well as general macroeconomic conditions; ● the impact of competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors; ● our ability to anticipate and adapt to future changes in our industry; ● our ability to predict software subscriptions revenue, formulate accurate financial projections and make strategic business decisions based on our analysis of market trends; ● our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and enhanced products and subscriptions to meet those needs, and our ability to successfully monetize them; ● maintaining and expanding our customer base; ● our anticipated benefits from our new sales agency agreement with Westcon; ● maintaining, expanding and responding to changes in our relationships with other companies; ● maintaining and expanding our distribution channels, including our network of sales agents and resellers; ● our ability to sell, market, and support our products and services; ● our ability to expand our business to medium-sized and larger customers and internationally; ● our ability to realize increased purchasing leverage and economies of scale as we expand; ● ● the impact of seasonality on our business; the impact of any failure of our solutions or solution innovations; ● our reliance on our third-party product and service providers; ● the potential effect on our business of litigation to which we may become a party; ● our liquidity and working capital requirements; ● the impact of changes in the regulatory environment; ● our ability to protect our intellectual property and rely on open source licenses; ● our expectations regarding the growth and reliability of the internet infrastructure; ● the timing of acquisitions of, or making and exiting investments in, other entities, businesses or technologies; ● our anticipated benefits from our acquisition of Glip, Inc.; ● our ability to successfully and timely integrate, and realize the benefits of, our acquisition of Glip, Inc. and any other significant acquisitions we may make; ● our capital expenditure projections; ● ● the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements; and the political environment and stability in the regions in which we or our subcontractors operate. 3 Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be significantly different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward- looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10- K. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be significantly different from what we expect. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ significantly from those anticipated in these forward looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future. 4 ITEM 1. BUSINESS Overview We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for the way employees communicate in business. We believe that our innovative, cloud-based approach disrupts the large market for business communications solutions by providing flexible and cost-effective services that support distributed workforces, mobile employees and the proliferation of “bring-your-own” communications devices. We enable our customers to have a more productive and dynamic workforce by providing convenient and effective communications, across all their locations, all their employees, and all their devices. Traditionally, business communications is comprised of a series of inflexible, expensive, and disparate systems: on-premise hardware based private branch exchanges, or PBX systems, which are still prevalent in businesses today. The emergence of the cloud and the SaaS business model, combined with the proliferation of smart phones and tablets as well as the corresponding new paradigms in user experiences, is enabling a revolution in how people communicate. We believe RingCentral is poised to benefit from this structural shift. RingCentral’s software cloud communications platform is designed from the ground-up, specifically for today’s dispersed and mobile workforce. We unify the way employees communicate through mobile and desktop devices, text messaging, audio, video and web conferencing as well as collaborating on projects with document sharing and team messaging from a single, easy-to-use carrier-grade SaaS platform. Further, through our development of application programming interfaces (API’s), we are integrating our platform with other cloud solutions to better reflect the way we work today. By providing these capabilities in a single platform, we also substantially reduce the time to implement and total cost of ownership for our customers. We primarily generate revenues from software subscriptions for our cloud-based services. We focus on acquiring and retaining our customers and increasing their spending with us through adding additional users, upselling current customers to premium subscription editions, and providing additional features and functionality. We market and sell our subscriptions directly, through both our website and inside sales teams, as well as indirectly through a network of over 2,500 sales agents and resellers, including AT&T, which we refer to collectively as resellers. In addition, TELUS Communications Company, or TELUS, is a reseller of our cloud solutions in Canada and British Telecom, or BT, is a reseller of our cloud solutions in the United Kingdom. Our Solutions Our cloud-based business communications solutions provide a single user identity across multiple locations and devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, and allow for communication across multiple channels, including voice, text, team messaging collaboration, HD video for web conferencing and fax. Our proprietary solutions enable a more productive and dynamic workforce, and are architected using industry standards to meet modern business communications requirements, including workforce mobility, “bring-your-own” communications device environments and multiple communications methods. Our solutions are delivered using a highly availability and scalable infrastructure, and are generally designed for easy self-service activation, provisioning and management with minimal technical expertise or training required. Our solutions scale easily and rapidly, allowing our customers to add new users regardless of where they are located. They are generally affordable, requiring little to no upfront infrastructure hardware costs or ongoing maintenance and upgrade costs commonly associated with on-premise systems and can be integrated with other existing communication systems. RingCentral Office, our flagship offering, is a multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution. We also offer RingCentral Professional, primarily an inbound call routing subscription with additional text and fax capabilities targeting smaller deployments, and RingCentral Fax, an Internet fax subscription that permits sending and receiving faxes over the Internet. We believe that our solutions go beyond the core functionality of existing on-premise communications solutions by providing additional key benefits that address the changing requirements of business to allow business communications using voice, SMS, team messaging, collaboration, fax and HD video web conferencing. The key benefits of our solutions include: · Location Independence. Our cloud-based solution is designed to be location independent. We seamlessly connect distributed and mobile users, enabling employees to communicate with a single identity whether working from a central location, a branch office, on the road, or at home. · Device Independence. Our solution is designed to work with a broad range of devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, enabling businesses to successfully implement a “bring-your-own” communications device strategy. · Instant Activation; Easy Account Management. Our solutions are designed for rapid deployment and ease of management. Our simple and intuitive graphical user interfaces allow administrators and users to set up and manage their business communications system with little or no IT expertise, training or dedicated staffing. Our solutions work with users’ existing smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones. Additionally, if a customer desires new desk phones, as a convenience, we can also provide pre-configured, Plug&Ring-ready phones that can be easily connected to the customer’s existing broadband service. 5 · Scalability. Our cloud-based solutions scale easily and efficiently with the growth of our customers. Customers can add users, regardless of their location, without having to purchase additional infrastructure hardware or software upgrades. · Lower Cost of Ownership. We believe that our customers experience significantly lower cost of ownership compared to legacy on- premise systems. Using our cloud-based solutions, our customers can avoid the significant upfront costs of infrastructure hardware, software, ongoing maintenance and upgrade costs, and the need for dedicated and trained IT personnel to support these systems. · Seamless and Intuitive Integration with Other Cloud-Based Applications. Cloud-based applications are proliferating within businesses of all sizes. Integration of these cloud-based business applications with legacy on-premise systems is typically complex and expensive, which limits the ability of businesses to leverage cloud-based applications. Our platform provides seamless and intuitive integration with multiple popular cloud-based business applications such as Office365, Google For Work, Salesforce CRM and Zendesk. Our Products We currently offer five products: RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, RingCentral Fax, RingCentral Contact Center, and Glip by RingCentral. RingCentral Office. RingCentral Office, our flagship product, is a multi-location, multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution that enables employees to communicate via different channels and on multiple devices. This subscription is designed primarily for businesses that require a communications solution, regardless of location, type of device, expertise, size or budget. Businesses are able to seamlessly connect users working in multiple office locations on smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones. We sell RingCentral Office in three editions: Standard, Premium and Enterprise. Our Standard Edition of RingCentral Office includes call management, mobile applications, voice, business SMS, team messaging and collaboration, business analytics and reporting, audio, video, and web conferencing capabilities, and integration with other cloud-based business applications such as Box, Dropbox, Google for Work and Microsoft Office365 and Outlook. Our Premium and Enterprise Editions include the Standard Edition functionality together with additional software integrations with other cloud-based business applications such as Salesforce CRM, Zendesk and Desk.com, high-definition voice, more advanced call routing for our larger customers with multiple business units, and automatic call recording. All editions also vary in the number of included toll-free minutes and number of concurrent video and web conference meeting attendees. RingCentral Office customers also have available to them RingCentral Global Office. Key features of RingCentral Office include: · Cloud-Based Business Communications Solutions. We offer multi-user, multi-extension, cloud-based business communications solutions that do not require installation, configuration, management or maintenance of on-premise hardware and software. Our solutions are instantly activated, and deliver a rich set of functionality across multiple locations and devices. · Mobile-Centric Approach. Our solution includes smartphone and tablet mobile applications that customers can use to set up and manage company, department and user settings from anywhere. Our applications turn iOS and Android smartphones and tablets into business communication devices. Users can change their personal settings instantly and communicate via voice, text, team messaging and collaboration, HD video and web conferencing and fax. Personal mobile devices are fully integrated into the customer’s cloud-based communication solution, using the company’s numbers, and displaying one of the company’s caller ID for calls made through our mobile applications. · Easy Set-Up and Control. Our user interfaces have a familiar smartphone touch-screen “look and feel” and provide a consistent user experience across smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, making it intuitive and easy for our customers to quickly discover and use our solution across devices. Among other capabilities, administrators can specify and modify company, department, user settings, auto- receptionist settings, call-handling, and routing rules; and add, change, and customize users and departments. · Flexible Call Routing. Our solution includes an auto-attendant to easily customize call routing for the entire company, departments, groups, or individual employees. It includes a robust suite of communication management options, including time of day, caller ID, and call queuing, and sophisticated routing rules for complex call handling for the company, departments, groups and individual employees. · Integrated Voice, Text, HD Video and Web Conferencing, and Fax Communications with One Business Number. By eliminating the need for multiple business numbers, users are able to easily control how, when, and where they conduct their business communications through routing logic with one number. Employees can stay connected, thus increasing efficiency, productivity and responsiveness to their customers. Having one business number also enables users to keep personal mobile numbers private. 6 · Cloud-based Business Application Integrations. Our solution seamlessly integrates with other cloud-based business applications such as Salesforce CRM, Google for Work, Box, Dropbox, Microsoft Office 365, Desk.com, and Zendesk. For example, integration with Salesforce CRM brings up customer records immediately based on inbound caller IDs, resulting in increased productivity and efficiency. Additionally, users can easily fax documents directly from their cloud-based storage accounts. · RingCentral Global Office. Our solution includes RingCentral Global Office, a single global Unified Communications as a Service (UCaaS) solution designed for multinational enterprises that allows these companies to support distributed offices and employees globally with a single cloud solution. With RingCentral Global Office, multinational enterprises can appear local for their regional customers while also acting as one integrated business, with capabilities including local phone numbers, local caller ID, worldwide extension-to-extension dialing, and included minute bundles for international calling. RingCentral Professional. Our RingCentral Professional solution provides a subset of our RingCentral Office solution capabilities designed primarily for smaller businesses. RingCentral Professional is principally used as an inbound call routing subscription with text and fax capabilities. RingCentral Fax. Our RingCentral Fax solution provides Internet fax capabilities that allow businesses to send and receive fax documents without the need for a fax machine. RingCentral Contact Center. Our RingCentral Contact Center solution provides a cloud based contact center solution that delivers multi- channel capabilities so businesses can allow customers to engage in the manner they prefer. The solution leverages technology from InContact, and has a comprehensive feature set that integrates with RingCentral Office. This enables businesses to be more engaged, and resolve customer issues faster and more effectively. Glip by RingCentral. Our Glip by RingCentral team messaging and collaboration solution allows diverse teams to stay connected through multiple modes of communication through an integration with RingCentral Office. In addition to using Glip for team messaging and communications, teams can share tasks, notes, group calendars, and files. Glip is designed for distributed and mobile teams and offers integrations with a number of leading cloud business applications such as Asana, Dropbox, Evernote, JIRA, Github, Google and others. Our Customers We have a diverse and growing customer base across a wide range of industries, including advertising, consulting, finance, healthcare, legal, real estate, retail and technology. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, AT&T, one of our resellers, accounted for 13% and 12% of our total revenues and 12% and 11% of our software subscription revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, no single customer or reseller accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues. Traditionally, we have focused our principal efforts on the market for small- and medium-sized businesses, defined by IDC as less than 1,000 employees, in the U.S., Canada and the U.K. In 2014 we began targeting larger customers through our product development and marketing, and sales and support teams, and we will continue to do so in the future. We believe that there are additional growth opportunities in international markets. Marketing, Sales and Support We use a variety of marketing, sales and support activities to generate and cultivate ongoing customer demand for our subscriptions, acquire new customers, and engage with our existing customers. We sell through both direct and indirect channels. We provide on-boarding implementation support to help our customers set up and configure their newly purchased communications system, as well as ongoing self-service, phone support, online chat support, and training. We also closely track and monitor customer acquisition costs to assess how we are deploying our marketing, sales, and customer support spending. · Marketing. Our marketing efforts include search engine marketing, search engine optimization, affiliates, list buys, shared leads, content leads, appointment setting, radio advertising, online display advertising, billboard advertising, tradeshows and events, and other forms of demand generation. We track and measure our marketing costs closely across all channels so that we can acquire customers in a cost-efficient manner. · Direct Sales. We primarily sell our products and software subscriptions through direct inbound and outbound sales efforts. We have direct sales representatives located in the U.S. and internationally. · Indirect Sales. Our indirect sales channel consists of a network of over 2,500 resellers, including AT&T, TELUS, and BT which help broaden the adoption of our subscriptions without the need for a large direct field sales force. · Customer Support. While our intuitive and easy-to-use user interface serves to reduce our customers’ need for support, we provide online chat and phone customer support, as well as post-sale implementation support, as an option to help 7 customers configure and use our solution. We track and measure our customer satisfaction and our support costs closely across all channels to provide a high level of customer service in a cost-efficient manner. Research and Development We believe that continued investment in research and development is critical to expanding our leadership position within the cloud-based business communications solutions market. We devote the majority of our research and development resources to software development. Our engineering team has significant experience in various disciplines related to our platform, such as, voice, text, team messaging and collaboration, video and fax processing, mobile application development, IP networking and infrastructure, user experience, security, and robust multi-tenant cloud-based system architecture. Our development methodology, in combination with our SaaS delivery model, allows us to provide new and enhanced capabilities on a regular basis. Based on feedback from our customers and prospects and our review of the broader business communications and SaaS markets, we continuously develop new functionality while maintaining and enhancing our existing solution. Our research and development expenses were $52.9 million, $44.6 million and $33.4 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Technology and Operations Our platform is built on a highly scalable and flexible infrastructure comprised of commercially available hardware and software components. We believe that both hardware and software components of our platform can be replaced, upgraded or added with minimal or no interruption in service. The system is designed to have no single point-of-failure. We host our products and serve our customers in North America from two third-party U.S. based data center facilities in San Jose, California and Vienna, Virginia, and we host our products and serve our customers in the United Kingdom from two third-party data center facilities in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Zurich, Switzerland. Our data centers are designed to host mission-critical computer and communications systems with redundant, fault-tolerant subsystems and compartmentalized security zones. We maintain a security program designed to ensure the security and integrity of customer data, protect against security threats or data breaches, and prevent unauthorized access to our customers’ data. We limit access to on-demand servers and networks at our production and remote backup facilities. We serve North American customers out of two Points of Presence, known as POPs, one in San Jose, California and the other in Vienna, Virginia. RingCentral subscribers are divided into Parts of Data, or PODs, each comprised of two symmetrical, synchronized units. POPs and PODs are redundant with switchover and failover capabilities between POPs. This architecture enables us to deliver our subscriptions in a scalable and reliable manner. We can manage our customer growth by adding additional PODs and POPs into our delivery infrastructure as required. We leverage third-party network service providers, including Level 3 Communications, Inc., Bandwidth.com, Inc., Novatel Wireless, Inc. and AT&T Inc., for network connectivity. We also obtain connectivity and network services in certain regions from our subsidiary, RCLEC, Inc. Intellectual Property We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, and trade secret laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements and other contractual protections, to protect our proprietary technology. We also rely on a number of registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our brand. In addition, we seek to protect our intellectual property rights by implementing a policy that requires our employees and independent contractors involved in the development of intellectual property on our behalf to enter into agreements acknowledging that all works or other intellectual property generated or conceived by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to us any rights, including intellectual property rights, that they may claim or otherwise have in those works or property, to the extent allowable under applicable law. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 85 issued U.S. patents, which expire between 2026 and 2035. We also have 49 patent applications pending for examination in the U.S. and 17 patent applications pending for examination in foreign jurisdictions, all of which are related to U.S. applications. In general our patents and patent applications apply to certain aspects of our SaaS and mobile applications and underlying communications infrastructure. We are also a party to various license agreements with third parties that typically grant us the right to use certain third-party technology in conjunction with our products and software subscriptions. 8 Competition The market for business communications solutions is very large, rapidly evolving, complex, fragmented and defined by changing technology and customer needs. We expect competition to continue to increase in the future. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include: · · · · · · · · subscription features and capabilities; system reliability, availability and performance; speed and ease of activation, setup and configuration; ownership and control of the underlying technology; integration with mobile devices; brand awareness and recognition; simplicity of the pricing model; and total cost of ownership. We believe that we generally compete favorably on the basis of the factors listed above. We face competition from a broad range of providers of business communications solutions. Some of these competitors include: · · · · traditional on-premise, hardware business communications providers such as Alcatel-Lucent, S.A., Avaya Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Mitel Networks Corporation, ShoreTel, Inc., and Siemens Enterprise Networks, LLC, any of which may now or in the future also host their solutions through the cloud; software providers such as Microsoft Corporation and Broadsoft, Inc. that generally license their software and may now or in the future also host their solutions through the cloud, and their resellers including major carriers and cable companies; established communications providers that resell on-premise hardware, software and hosted solutions, such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Communications Inc., and Comcast Corporation in the United States, TELUS and others in Canada, and BT and others in the U.K., , all of whom have significantly greater resources than us and do now or may in the future also develop and/or host their own or other solutions through the cloud; and other cloud companies such as j2 Global, Inc., 8x8, Inc., Intermedia.net, Inc., Vonage Holdings Corp., Nextiva, Inc., Fuze (formerly Thinking Phone Networks), and Jive Communications, Inc. Employees and Contractors As of December 31, 2015, we had 759 full-time employees, including 209 in research and development, 319 in sales and marketing, 64 in operations, 51 in customer technical support, and 116 in general and administrative. As of such date, we had 601 employees located in the U.S. and 158 internationally, including 124 in China. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our employee relations are good and we have never experienced any work stoppages. We also contract with third-party contractors whose employees or subcontractors’ employees perform services for us. We refer to our third- party contractors’ employees and subcontractors’ employees as our contractors. As of December 31, 2015, we had 1,349 of these contractors, including 346 in research and development, 89 in operations, 357 in sales and marketing, 421 in customer technical support, and 136 in general and administrative. As of such date, we had 60 contractors located in the U.S. and 1,289 internationally, including 803 in the Philippines, 463 in Russia and Ukraine, and 23 in other countries. Regulatory As a provider of Internet communications services, we are subject to regulation in the U.S. by the FCC. Some of these regulatory obligations include contributing to the Federal Universal Service Fund, Telecommunications Relay Service Fund, and federal programs related to phone number administration; providing access to E-911 services; protecting customer information; and porting phone numbers upon a valid customer request. We are also required to pay state and local 911 fees and contribute to state universal service funds in those states that assess Internet voice communications services. In addition, we have certified a wholly owned subsidiary as a competitive local exchange carrier in eighteen states and currently intend to obtain certificates for our subsidiary in several additional states. This subsidiary, RCLEC, is subject to the same FCC regulations applicable to telecommunications companies, as well as regulation by the public utility commissions in states where the subsidiary provides services. Specific regulations vary on a state-by-state basis, but generally include the requirement for our subsidiary to register or seek 9 certification to provide its services, to file and update tariffs setting forth the terms, conditions and prices for our intrastate services and to comply with various reporting, record-keeping, surcharge collection, and consumer protection requirements. As we expand internationally, we will be subject to laws and regulations in the countries in which we offer our subscriptions. Regulatory treatment of Internet communications services outside the U.S. varies from country to country, is often unclear, and may be more onerous than imposed on our subscriptions in the U.S. In the United Kingdom, for example, our subscriptions are regulated by Ofcom, which, among other things, requires electronic communications providers such as our company to provide all users access to both 112 (EU-mandated) and 999 (U.K.-mandated) emergency service numbers at no charge. Similarly in Canada, our subscriptions are regulated by the CRTC, which, among other things, imposes requirements similar to the U.S. related to the provision of E-911 services in all areas of Canada where the wireline incumbent carrier offers such 911 services. Our regulatory obligations in foreign jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on the use of our subscriptions in international locations. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” for more information. Geographic Information For a description of our revenue by geographic location, see Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Available Information Our principal executive offices are located at 20 Davis Drive, Belmont, CA 94002. The telephone number of our principal executive offices is (888) 528-7464, and our main corporate website is www.ringcentral.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website, does not constitute part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and inclusion of our website address in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is an inactive textual reference only. We make available our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, free of charge on our website, www.ringcentral.com as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or SEC. Additionally, copies of materials filed by us with the SEC may be accessed at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or at the SEC's website, www.sec.gov. For information about the SEC's Public Reference Room, contact 1-800-SEC- 0330. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS This Report contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risk factors set forth below. The risks and uncertainties described in this Report are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also affect our business. If any of these known or unknown risks or uncertainties actually occurs and have a material adverse effect on us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed. Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry We have incurred significant losses and negative cash flows in the past and anticipate continuing to incur losses for at least the foreseeable future, and we may therefore not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future. We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception, including net losses of $32.1 million for fiscal 2015, $48.3 million for fiscal 2014 and $46.1 million for fiscal 2013, and had an accumulated deficit of $210.2 million as of December 31, 2015. Over the past few years, we have spent considerable amounts of time and money to develop new business communications solutions and enhanced versions of our existing business communications solutions to position us for future growth. Additionally, we have incurred substantial losses and expended significant resources upfront to market, promote and sell our solutions and expect to continue to do so in the future. We also expect to continue to invest for future growth, including for advertising, customer acquisition, technology infrastructure, storage capacity, services development and international expansion. In addition, as a public company, we incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses. Although our net losses have decreased in recent quarters, we expect to continue to incur losses for at least the foreseeable future and will have to generate and sustain increased revenues to achieve future profitability. Achieving profitability will require us to increase revenues, manage our cost structure and avoid significant liabilities. Revenue growth may slow, revenues may decline or we may incur significant losses in the future for a number of possible reasons, including general macroeconomic conditions, increasing 10 competition (including competitive pricing pressures), a decrease in the growth of the markets in which we compete, or if we fail for any reason to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, service delivery and quality problems and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If these losses exceed our expectations or our revenue growth expectations are not met in future periods, our financial performance will be harmed and our stock price could be volatile or decline. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, which may increase the risk of investing in our stock. Although we were incorporated in 1999, we did not formally introduce RingCentral Office, our current flagship product, until 2009. We have encountered and expect to continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing markets. If our assumptions regarding these uncertainties are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our markets, or if we do not manage or address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations, and our business could suffer. Any success that we may experience in the future will depend, in large part, on our ability to, among other things: · · · · · · · · · · retain and expand our customer base; increase revenues from existing customers as they add users and, in the future, purchase additional functionalities and premium editions; successfully acquire customers on a cost-effective basis; improve the performance and capabilities of our products and applications through research and development and third party service providers; successfully expand our business to larger customers and internationally; successfully compete in our markets; continue to innovate and expand our offerings; continue our relationship with AT&T, BT, TELUS and other resellers; successfully protect our intellectual property and defend against intellectual property infringement claims; generate leads and convert potential customers into paying customers; · maintain and enhance our third-party data center hosting facilities to minimize interruptions in the use of our subscriptions; and · hire, integrate, and retain professional and technical talent. Our quarterly and annual results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may continue to do so in the future. As a result, we may fail to meet or to exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate. Our quarterly and annual results of operations have varied historically from period to period, and we expect that they will continue to fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including: · · · · · · · · · · · our ability to retain existing customers and resellers, expand our existing customers’ user base and attract new customers; our ability to introduce new solutions; the actions of our competitors, including pricing changes or the introduction of new solutions; our ability to effectively manage our growth; our ability to successfully penetrate the market for larger businesses; the mix of annual and multi-year subscriptions at any given time; the timing, cost and effectiveness of our advertising and marketing efforts; the timing, operating cost and capital expenditures related to the operation, maintenance and expansion of our business; service outages or information security breaches and any related impact on our reputation; our ability to accurately forecast revenues and appropriately plan our expenses; our ability to realize our deferred tax assets; 11 · · · · costs associated with defending and resolving intellectual property infringement and other claims; changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting rules; the timing and cost of developing or acquiring technologies, services or businesses and our ability to successfully manage any such acquisitions; and the impact of worldwide economic, political, industry and market conditions. Any one of the factors above, or the cumulative effect of some or all of the factors referred to above, may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results of operations. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts or investors for any period, which could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, a significant percentage of our operating expenses is fixed in nature and is based on forecasted revenues trends. Accordingly, in the event of revenue shortfalls, we may not be able to mitigate the negative impact on net income (loss) and margins in the short term. If we fail to meet or exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, the market price of our shares could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class-action suits. We face intense competition in our markets and may lack sufficient financial or other resources to compete successfully. The cloud-based business communications industry is competitive, and we expect it to become even more competitive in the future. We face intense competition from other providers of business communications systems and solutions. Our competitors include traditional on-premise, hardware business communications providers such as Alcatel-Lucent, S.A., Avaya Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Mitel Networks Corporation, ShoreTel, Inc., Siemens Enterprise Networks, LLC, their resellers and others; as well as companies such as Microsoft Corporation and Broadsoft, Inc. and their resellers that generally license their software. In addition, certain of our resellers are also our competitors. For example, AT&T, BT, and TELUS serve as resellers to us but they are also competitors for business communications. All of these companies have significantly greater resources than us and do now or may in the future also develop and/or host their own or other solutions through the cloud. We also face competition from other cloud companies such as j2 Global, Inc., 8x8, Inc., Intermedia.net, Inc., Vonage Holdings Corp., Nextiva, Inc., Fuze (formerly Thinking Phone Networks), Jive Communications, Inc., as well as from established communications providers, such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Communications Inc. and Comcast Corporation in the United States, TELUS and others in Canada, and BT and others in the U.K., that resell on-premise hardware, software and hosted solutions, and they may develop and/or host their own solutions. We may also face competition from other large Internet companies, such as Alphabet Inc. (the parent company of Google Inc.), Yahoo! Inc. and Amazon.com, Inc., any of which might launch its own cloud-based business communications services or acquire other cloud-based business communications companies in the future. Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources and name recognition, more diversified product offerings and larger customer bases than we have. As a result, these competitors may have greater credibility with our existing and potential customers and may be better able to withstand an extended period of downward pricing pressure. In addition, certain of our competitors have partnered with, or been acquired by, and may in the future partner with or acquire, other competitors to offer services, leveraging their collective competitive positions, which makes it more difficult to compete with them and could significantly and adversely affect our results of operations. They also may be able to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can to ours. Some of these service providers have in the past and may choose in the future to sacrifice revenues in order to gain market share by offering their services at lower prices or for free. Our competitors may also offer bundled service arrangements offering a more complete service offering, despite the technical merits or advantages of our subscriptions. Competition could force us to decrease our prices, slow our growth, increase our customer turnover, reduce our sales or decrease our market share. The adverse impact of a shortfall in our revenues may be magnified if we are unable to adjust spending adequately to compensate for such shortfall. To deliver our subscriptions, we rely on third parties for our network connectivity and co-location facilities, and for certain of the features in our subscriptions. We currently use the infrastructure of third-party network service providers and, in particular, the services of Level 3 Communications, Inc. and Bandwidth.com, Inc., to deliver our subscriptions over their networks. Our third party network service providers provide access to their Internet protocol, or IP, networks, and public switched telephone networks, or PSTN, and provide call termination and origination services, including 911 emergency calling in the U.S. and equivalent services in Canada and the United Kingdom, or U.K., and local number portability for our customers. We expect that we will continue to rely heavily on third-party network service providers to provide these subscriptions for the foreseeable future. We also obtain certain connectivity and network services from our wholly owned subsidiary, RCLEC, Inc., or RCLEC, in certain geographic markets; however RCLEC also uses the infrastructure of third party network service providers to deliver its services. Historically, our reliance on third-party networks has reduced our operating flexibility and ability to make timely service changes and control quality of service, and we expect that this will continue for the foreseeable future. If any of these network service providers stop providing us with access to their infrastructure, fail to provide these services to us on a cost-effective basis, cease operations, or otherwise terminate these services, the delay caused 12 by qualifying and switching to another third-party network service provider, if one is available, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, we currently use and may in the future use third-party service providers to deliver certain features of our subscriptions. For example, we rely on Free Conference Call Global, LLC for some conference calling features, Zoom Video Communications for our HD video and web conferencing and screen sharing features, Layered Communications for our texting capabilities, and inContact, Inc. for our contact center capabilities. We do not, and may not in the future, have long-term contracts with certain of these third-party providers, including Zoom Video Communications and Layered Communications. If any of these service providers elects to stop providing us with access to their services, fails to provide these services to us on a cost-effective basis, ceases operations, or otherwise terminates these services, the delay caused by qualifying and switching to another third-party service provider, if one is available, or building a proprietary replacement solution could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Finally, if problems occur with any of these third-party network or service providers, it may cause errors or poor call quality in our subscriptions, and we could encounter difficulty identifying the source of the problem. The occurrence of errors or poor call quality in our subscriptions, whether caused by our systems or a third-party network or service provider, may result in the loss of our existing customers, delay or loss of market acceptance of our subscriptions, termination of our relationships and agreements with our resellers or liability for failure to meet service level agreements, and may seriously harm our business and results of operations. Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party data center hosting facilities and co-location facilities could impair the delivery of our subscriptions, require us to issue credits or pay penalties and harm our business. We currently serve our North American customers from two data center hosting facilities located in northern California and northern Virginia, where we lease space from Equinix, Inc. We also serve customers in the U.K., and expect to serve customers in other European countries, from two third-party data center hosting facilities in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and Zurich, Switzerland. In addition, RCLEC uses seven third-party co- location facilities to provide us with network services, and we expect RCLEC to use additional third-party co-location facilities in the future. Any damage to, or failure of, these facilities, the communications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our communications providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us, could result in interruptions in our subscriptions. Additionally, in connection with the expansion or consolidation of our existing data center facilities, we may move or transfer our data and our customers’ data to other data centers. Despite precautions that we take during this process, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair or cause disruptions in the delivery of our subscriptions. Interruptions in our subscriptions may reduce our revenues, may require us to issue credits or pay penalties, subject us to claims and litigation, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions and adversely affect our renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers. Our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our ability to provide customers with a highly reliable subscription and even minor interruptions in our subscriptions could harm our brand and reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business. As part of our current disaster recovery arrangements, our North American infrastructure and all of our North American customers’ data is currently replicated in near real-time at our two data center facilities in the U.S., and our European production environment and all of our U.K. and other European customers’ data is also currently replicated in near real-time at our two European data center facilities. We do not control the operation of these facilities or of RCLEC’s co-location facilities, and they are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, and similar events. They may also be subject to break-ins, sabotage, acts of vandalism, and similar misconduct. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our subscriptions. Even with the disaster recovery arrangements in place, our subscriptions could be interrupted. We may also be required to transfer our servers to new data center facilities in the event that we are unable to renew our leases on acceptable terms, if at all, or the owners of the facilities decide to close their facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible subscription interruption in connection with doing so. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy or foreclosure, faced by our third-party data center operators, or any of the service providers with which we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our increasing needs for capacity, our ability to grow our business could be materially and adversely impacted. Failures in Internet infrastructure or interference with broadband access could cause current or potential users to believe that our systems are unreliable, possibly leading our customers to switch to our competitors or to avoid using our subscriptions. Unlike traditional communications services, our subscriptions depend on our customers’ high-speed broadband access to the Internet, usually provided through a cable or digital subscriber line, or DSL, connection. Increasing numbers of users and increasing bandwidth requirements may degrade the performance of our subscriptions and applications due to capacity constraints and other Internet infrastructure limitations. As our customer base grows and their usage of communications capacity increases, we will be 13 required to make additional investments in network capacity to maintain adequate data transmission speeds, the availability of which may be limited, or the cost of which may be on terms unacceptable to us. If adequate capacity is not available to us as our customers’ usage increases, our network may be unable to achieve or maintain sufficiently high data transmission capacity, reliability or performance. In addition, if Internet service providers and other third parties providing Internet services have outages or deteriorations in their quality of service, our customers will not have access to our subscriptions or may experience a decrease in the quality of our subscriptions. Furthermore, as the rate of adoption of new technologies increases, the networks on which our subscriptions and applications rely may not be able to sufficiently adapt to the increased demand for these services, including ours. Frequent or persistent interruptions could cause current or potential users to believe that our systems or subscriptions are unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors or to avoid our subscriptions, and could permanently harm our reputation and brands. In addition, users who access our subscriptions and applications through mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, must have a high-speed connection, such as Wi-Fi, 3G, 4G or LTE, to use our subscriptions and applications. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant and increasing market power in the broadband and Internet access marketplace, including incumbent phone companies, cable companies and wireless companies. Some of these providers offer products and subscriptions that directly compete with our own offerings, which can potentially give them a competitive advantage. Also, these providers could take measures that degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of user access to third-party services, including our subscriptions, by restricting or prohibiting the use of their infrastructure to support or facilitate third- party services or by charging increased fees to third parties or the users of third-party services, any of which would make our subscriptions less attractive to users, and reduce our revenues. In December 2010, the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, adopted net neutrality rules that made it more difficult for broadband Internet access service providers to block, degrade or discriminate against our customers. These rules applied to wired broadband Internet providers, but not all of the rules applied to wireless broadband service. In January 2014, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit vacated portions of the FCC’s net neutrality rules relating to anti-discrimination and anti-blocking. On May 15, 2014, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to consider the court’s decision and what actions the FCC should take in response. On March 12, 2015, the FCC released an order reclassifying both wired and wireless broadband Internet access as a telecommunications service, subject to certain provisions of Title II of the Communications Act, including most significantly prohibiting unjust or unreasonable practices or discrimination but not regulating rates. The new rules, which went into effect on June 12, 2015, specifically prohibit broadband providers from blocking access to legal content, applications, services or non-harmful devices; impairing or degrading lawful Internet traffic on the basis of content, application, services or non- harmful devices; and would prohibit paid prioritization, e.g., the favoring of some lawful Internet traffic over other traffic in exchange for higher payments. A number of companies and trade association have filed legal appeals seeking to overturn the new rules. Oral argument was held on December 4, 2015 before the United Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, and a decision is expected in the second or third quarter of 2016. We cannot predict whether the new rules will be overturned or vacated by legal action. If so, broadband internet access providers may be able to charge web-based services such as ours for priority access to customers, which could result in increased costs and a loss of existing users, impair our ability to attract new users, and materially and adversely affect our business and opportunities for growth. Most of our customers may terminate their subscriptions for our service at any time without penalty, and increased customer turnover, or costs we incur to retain our customers and encourage them to add users and, in the future, to purchase additional functionalities and premium subscription editions, could materially and adversely affect our financial performance. Although we have recently begun to enter into long-term contracts with larger customers, our customers generally do not have long-term contracts with us and these customers may terminate their subscriptions at any time without penalty or early termination charges. We cannot accurately predict the rate of customer terminations or average monthly subscription cancellations or failures to renew, which we refer to as turnover. Our customers with subscription agreements have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our service after the expiration of their initial subscription period, which is typically between one and three years. In the event that these customers do renew their subscriptions, they may choose to renew for fewer users, shorter contract lengths, or for a less expensive subscription plan or edition. We cannot predict the renewal rates for customers that have entered into subscription contracts with us. Customer turnover, as well as reductions in the number of users for which a customer subscribes, each could have a significant impact on our results of operations, as does the cost we incur in our efforts to retain our customers and encourage them to upgrade their subscriptions and increase their number of users. Our turnover rate could increase in the future if customers are not satisfied with our subscriptions, the value proposition of our subscriptions or our ability to otherwise meet their needs and expectations. Turnover and reductions in the number of users for whom a customer subscribes may also increase due to factors beyond our control, including the failure or unwillingness of customers to pay their monthly subscription fees due to financial constraints and the impact of a slowing economy. Due to turnover and reductions in the number of users for whom a customer subscribes, we have to acquire new customers, or acquire new users within our existing customer base, on an ongoing basis simply to maintain our existing level of customers and revenues. If a significant number of customers terminate, reduce or fail to renew their subscriptions, we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenditures than we currently anticipate in order to increase the number of new 14 customers or to upsell existing customers, and such additional marketing expenditures could harm our business and results of operations. Our future success also depends in part on our ability to sell additional subscriptions and additional functionalities to our current customers. This may require increasingly sophisticated and more costly sales efforts and a longer sales cycle. Any increase in the costs necessary to upgrade, expand and retain existing customers could materially and adversely affect our financial performance. If our efforts to convince customers to add users and, in the future, to purchase additional functionalities are not successful, our business may suffer. In addition, such increased costs could cause us to increase our subscription rates, which could increase our turnover rate. If we are unable to attract new customers to our subscriptions or upsell to those customers on a cost-effective basis, our business will be materially and adversely affected. In order to grow our business, we must continue to attract new customers and expand the number of users in, and services provided to, our existing customer base on a cost-effective basis. We use and periodically adjust the mix of advertising and marketing programs to promote our subscriptions. Significant increases in the pricing of one or more of our advertising channels would increase our advertising costs or may cause us to choose less expensive and perhaps less effective channels to promote our subscriptions. As we add to or change the mix of our advertising and marketing strategies, we may need to expand into channels with significantly higher costs than our current programs, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. We will incur advertising and marketing expenses in advance of when we anticipate recognizing any revenues generated by such expenses, and we may fail to otherwise experience an increase in revenues or brand awareness as a result of such expenditures. We have made in the past, and may make in the future, significant expenditures and investments in new advertising campaigns, and we cannot assure you that any such investments will lead to the cost-effective acquisition of additional customers. If we are unable to maintain effective advertising programs, our ability to attract new customers could be materially and adversely affected, our advertising and marketing expenses could increase substantially, and our results of operations may suffer. Some of our potential customers learn about us through leading search engines, such as Alphabet Inc. (the parent company of Google Inc.), Yahoo! and Bing. While we employ search engine optimization and search engine marketing strategies, our ability to maintain and increase the number of visitors directed to our website is not entirely within our control. If search engine companies modify their search algorithms in a manner that reduces the prominence of our listing, or if our competitors’ search engine optimization efforts are more successful than ours, or if search engine companies restrict or prohibit us from using their services, fewer potential customers may click through to our website. In addition, the cost of purchased listings has increased in the past and may increase in the future. A decrease in website traffic or an increase in search costs could materially and adversely affect our customer acquisition efforts and our results of operations. Most of our revenues today come from small and medium-sized businesses, which may have fewer financial resources to weather an economic downturn. Most of our revenues today come from small and medium-sized businesses. These customers may be materially and adversely affected by economic downturns to a greater extent than larger, more established businesses. These businesses typically have more limited financial resources, including capital-borrowing capacity, than larger entities. As the vast majority of our customers pay for our subscriptions through credit and debit cards, weakness in certain segments of the credit markets and in the U.S. and global economies has resulted in and may in the future result in increased numbers of rejected credit and debit card payments, which could materially affect our business by increasing customer cancellations and impacting our ability to engage new small and medium-sized customers. If small and medium-sized businesses experience financial hardship as a result of a weak economy, industry consolidation or for any other reason, the overall demand for our subscriptions could be materially and adversely affected. We face significant risks in our strategy to target medium-sized and larger businesses for sales of our subscriptions and, if we do not manage these efforts effectively, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. We currently derive a small portion of our revenues from sales to medium-sized and larger businesses. As we target more of our sales efforts to medium-sized and larger businesses, we expect to incur higher costs and longer sales cycles and we may be less effective at predicting when we will complete these sales. In this market segment, the decision to purchase our subscriptions may require the approval of more technical personnel and management levels within a potential customer’s organization than we have historically encountered, and if so, these types of sales would require us to invest more time educating these potential customers about the benefits of our subscriptions. In addition, larger customers may demand more features, integration services and customization. As we have limited experience selling to larger businesses and international customers, our investment in marketing our subscriptions to these potential customers may not be successful, which could significantly and adversely affect our results of operations and our overall ability to grow our customer base. We also have only limited experience in developing and managing sales channels and distribution arrangements for larger businesses. Furthermore, many medium-sized and larger businesses that we target for sales may already purchase business communications and solutions from our larger competitors. As a result of these factors, these sales 15 opportunities may require us to devote greater research and development resources and sales, support to individual customers, resulting in increased costs and could likely lengthen our typical sales cycle, which could strain our limited sales and support resources. Moreover, these larger transactions may require us to delay recognizing the associated revenues we derive from these customers until any technical or implementation requirements have been met. Furthermore, as we have limited experience selling to larger businesses, our investment in marketing our subscriptions to these potential customers may not be successful, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our overall ability to grow our customer base. We rely significantly on a network of resellers to sell our subscriptions; our failure to effectively develop, manage, and maintain our indirect sales channels could materially and adversely affect our revenues. Our future success depends on our continued ability to establish and maintain a network of channel relationships, and we expect that we will need to expand our network in order both to support and expand our historical base of smaller enterprises as well as attract and support larger customers and expand into international markets. An increasing portion of our revenues are derived from our network of over 2,500 sales agents and resellers, in particular AT&T, which represented 13% of our total revenues in 2015, which we refer to collectively as resellers, many of which sell or may in the future decide to sell their own services or services from other business communications providers. We generally do not have long-term contracts with these resellers, and the loss of or reduction in sales through these third parties could materially reduce our revenues. Our competitors may in some cases be effective in causing our current or potential resellers to favor their services or prevent or reduce sales of our subscriptions. If we fail to maintain relationships with our resellers, fail to develop relationships with new resellers in new markets or expand the number of resellers in our network in existing markets, or if we fail to manage, train, or provide appropriate incentives to our existing resellers, or if our resellers are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our subscriptions may decrease and our operating results would suffer. If we are unable to maintain our relationship with AT&T, BT and TELUS, or if these resellers reduce resources committed to reselling the service, our results of operations may suffer. Recruiting and retaining qualified resellers in our network and training them in our technology and subscription offerings requires significant time and resources. To develop and expand our indirect sales channels, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures to support these channels, including investment in systems and training. Many resellers may not be willing to invest the time and resources required to train their staff to effectively market our subscriptions. Support for smartphones and tablets are an integral part of our solutions. If we are unable to develop robust mobile applications that operate on mobile platforms that our customers use, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Our solutions allow our customers to use and manage our cloud-based business communications solution on smart devices. As new smart devices and operating systems are released, we may encounter difficulties supporting these devices and services, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support, and maintenance of our mobile applications. In addition, if we experience difficulties in the future integrating our mobile applications into smart devices or if problems arise with our relationships with providers of mobile operating systems, such as those of Apple Inc. or Alphabet Inc. (the parent company of Google Inc.), our future growth and our results of operations could suffer. If we are unable to develop, license or acquire new services or applications on a timely and cost-effective basis, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. The cloud-based business communications industry is an emerging market that is characterized by rapid changes in customer requirements, frequent introductions of new and enhanced services, and continuing and rapid technological advancement. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. To compete successfully in this emerging market, we must anticipate and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards, and continue to design, develop, manufacture and sell new and enhanced services that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and reliability at lower cost. Currently, we derive a majority of our revenues from subscriptions to RingCentral Office, and we expect this will continue for the foreseeable future. However, our future success will also depend on our ability to introduce and sell new services, features and functionality that enhance or are beyond the voice, fax and text communications subscriptions we currently offer, as well as to improve usability and support and increase customer satisfaction. Our failure to develop solutions that satisfy customer preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner may harm our ability to renew our subscriptions with existing customers and create or increase demand for our subscriptions, and may materially and adversely impact our results of operations. The introduction of new services by competitors or the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing offerings could make our solutions obsolete or adversely affect our business and results of operations. Announcements of future releases and new services and technologies by our competitors or us could cause customers to defer purchases of our existing subscriptions, which also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may experience difficulties with software development, operations, design or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or 16 implementation of new or enhanced services and applications. We have in the past experienced delays in the planned release dates of new features and upgrades, and have discovered defects in new services and applications after their introduction. We cannot assure you that new features or upgrades will be released according to schedule, or that, when released, they will not contain defects. Either of these situations could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenues, delay in market acceptance or claims by customers brought against us, all of which could harm our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. Moreover, the development of new or enhanced services or applications may require substantial investment, and we must continue to invest a significant amount of resources in our research and development efforts to develop these services and applications to remain competitive. We do not know whether these investments will be successful. If customers do not widely adopt any new or enhanced services and applications, we may not be able to realize a return on our investment. If we are unable to develop, license, or acquire new or enhanced services and applications on a timely and cost-effective basis, or if such new or enhanced services and applications do not achieve market acceptance, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. A cyber attack, information security breach or denial of service could delay or interrupt service to our customers, harm our reputation, or subject us to significant liability. Our operations depend on our ability to protect our production services from interruption or damage from unauthorized entry, computer viruses or other events beyond our control. We have from time to time been subject to communications fraud and cyber attacks by malicious actors, and denial of service, or DoS, and we may be subject to similar attacks in the future. We cannot assure you that our backup systems, regular data backups, security protocols and other procedures currently in place, or that may be in place in the future, will be adequate to prevent significant damage, system failure or data loss. Also, our subscriptions are web-based, and the amount of data we store for our users on our servers has been increasing as our business has grown; by maintaining larger volumes of data, RingCentral may become a more attractive target for hackers and other malicious actors. In addition, we use third party vendors which in some cases have access to our data and our customers’ data. Despite the implementation of security measures by us or our vendors, our computing devices, infrastructure or networks, or our vendors’ computing devices, infrastructure or networks may be vulnerable to hackers, computer viruses, worms, other malicious software programs or similar disruptive problems that are caused by or through our or our vendors, customers, employees, business partners, consultants or other Internet users who attempt to invade our or our vendors’ public and private computers, tablets, mobile devices, software, or data or voice networks. Further, in some cases we do not have in place disaster recovery facilities for certain ancillary services, such as email delivery of messages. We rely on encryption and authentication technology to ensure secure transmission of and access to confidential information, including customer credit card numbers, debit card numbers, direct debit information and customer communications. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, discovery of software bugs, social engineering activities or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect RingCentral and customer data, or of the data itself. Additionally, third parties have attempted in the past, and may attempt in the future, to fraudulently induce domestic and international employees, consultants or customers into disclosing sensitive information, such as user names, passwords or customer proprietary network information, or CPNI, or other information in order to gain access to our customers’ user accounts or data, or to our data. CPNI includes information such as the phone numbers called by a consumer, the frequency, duration, and timing of such calls, and any services purchased by the consumer, such as call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID, in addition to other information that may appear on a consumer’s bill. Third parties may also attempt to induce employees, consultants or customers into disclosing sensitive information regarding our intellectual property and other confidential business information, our customers or customer information, or our information technology systems. In addition, due to the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, to perform hacking, phishing and social engineering, or to sabotage systems, change and evolve frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any system failure or security breach that causes interruptions or data loss in our operations or in the computer systems of our customers or leads to the misappropriation of our or our customers’ confidential or personal information, or CPNI, could result in significant liability to us, cause our subscriptions to be perceived as not being secure, cause considerable harm to us and our reputation (including requiring notification to customers, regulators or the media), and deter current and potential customers from using our subscriptions. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. We also maintain sensitive data related to our employees, strategic partners, and customers including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personally identifiable information on our own systems. We employ layered security measures; however, we may face threats across our infrastructure including unauthorized access, security breaches and other system disruptions. It is critical to our business that our employees’, strategic partners’ and customers’ sensitive information remains secure and that our customers perceive that this information is secure. An information security incident could result in unauthorized access to, loss of, or unauthorized disclosure of such information. A cybersecurity breach could expose us to litigation, indemnity obligations, government investigations and other possible liabilities. Additionally, a cyber attack or other information security incident, whether actual or perceived, could result in negative publicity which could harm our reputation and reduce our customers’ confidence in the effectiveness of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. A breach of our security systems could also expose us to increased costs including remediation costs, disruption of operations, or increased cybersecurity 17 protection costs that may have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, a cybersecurity breach of our customers’ systems can also result in exposure of their authentication credentials, unauthorized access to their accounts, exposure of their account information (including CPNI), and fraudulent calls on their accounts, which can subsequently have similar actual or perceived impacts to RingCentral as described above. We rely on third parties, including third parties outside the U.S., for some of our software development, quality assurance, operations and customer support. We currently depend on various third parties for some of our software development efforts, quality assurance, operations and customer support services. Specifically, we outsource some of our software development and design, quality assurance and operations activities to third- party contractors that have employees and consultants located in St. Petersburg, Russia, Odessa, Ukraine, and Manila, the Philippines. In addition, we outsource a portion of our customer support, inside sales and network operation control functions to third-party contractors located in Manila, the Philippines. Our dependence on third-party contractors creates a number of risks, in particular, the risk that we may not maintain service quality, control or effective management with respect to these business operations. In addition, the recent political and military events in the Ukraine, including political demonstrations, the annexation of the Crimea region of Ukraine by Russia, the hostile relations between Russia and the Ukraine, and disruptions caused by Pro-Russian separatists in the Ukraine, could have an adverse impact on our third-party software development and quality assurance operations in Odessa, Ukraine. Further, the deteriorating relations between the U.S. and Russia and sanctions by the U.S. and the European Union against Russia could adversely impact our third-party software development and quality assurance operations in St. Petersburg, Russia. Our agreements with these third-party contractors are either not terminable by them (other than at the end of the term or upon an uncured breach by us) or require at least 60 days’ prior written notice of termination. If we experience problems with our third-party contractors, the costs charged by our third-party contractors increase or our agreements with our third-party contractors are terminated, we may not be able to develop new solutions, enhance or operate existing solutions or provide customer support in an alternate manner that is equally or more efficient and cost- effective. We anticipate that we will continue to depend on these and other third-party relationships in order to grow our business for the foreseeable future. If we are unsuccessful in maintaining existing and, if needed, establishing new relationships with third parties, our ability to efficiently operate existing services or develop new services and provide adequate customer support could be impaired, and, as a result, our competitive position or our results of operations could suffer. Growth may place significant demands on our management and our infrastructure. We have recently experienced substantial growth in our business. This growth has placed and may continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure. As our operations grow in size, scope and complexity, we will need to increase our sales and marketing efforts and add additional sales and marketing personnel in various regions worldwide, and improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to attract, service and retain an increasing number of customers. For example, we expect the volume of simultaneous calls to increase significantly as our customer base grows. Our network hardware and software may not be able to accommodate this additional simultaneous call volume. The expansion of our systems and infrastructure will require us to commit substantial financial, operational, and technical resources in advance of an increase in the volume of business, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. Any such additional capital investments will increase our cost base. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable service levels for our customers and resellers, develop and improve our operational, financial and management controls, enhance our billing and reporting systems and procedures and recruit, train and retain highly skilled personnel. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as we grow, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Accusations of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business. There has been substantial litigation in the areas in which we operate regarding intellectual property rights. For instance, we have in the past been sued by other third parties claiming infringement of their intellectual property rights and we may be sued for infringement from time to time in the future. In the past, we have settled infringement litigation brought against us; however, we cannot assure you that we will be able to settle any future claims or, if we are able to settle any such claims, that the settlement will be on terms favorable to us. Our broad range of technology may increase the likelihood that third parties will claim that we infringe their intellectual property rights. We have in the past received, and may in the future receive, notices of claims of infringement, misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights. Furthermore, regardless of their merits, accusations and lawsuits like these may require significant time and expense to defend, may negatively affect customer relationships, may divert management’s attention away from other aspects of our operations and, upon resolution, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 18 Certain technology necessary for us to provide our subscriptions may, in fact, be patented by other parties either now or in the future. If such technology were validly patented by another person, we would have to negotiate a license for the use of that technology. We may not be able to negotiate such a license at a price that is acceptable to us or at all. The existence of such a patent, or our inability to negotiate a license for any such technology on acceptable terms, could force us to cease using the technology and cease offering subscriptions incorporating the technology, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. If we were found to be infringing on the intellectual property rights of any third party, we could be subject to liability for such infringement, which could be material. We could also be prohibited from using or selling certain subscriptions, prohibited from using certain processes, or required to redesign certain subscriptions, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. These and other outcomes may: · · · · · · result in the loss of a substantial number of existing customers or prohibit the acquisition of new customers; cause us to pay license fees for intellectual property we are deemed to have infringed; cause us to incur costs and devote valuable technical resources to redesigning our subscriptions; cause our cost of goods sold to increase; cause us to accelerate expenditures to preserve existing revenues; cause existing or new vendors to require prepayments or letters of credit; · materially and adversely affect our brand in the marketplace and cause a substantial loss of goodwill; · · · cause us to change our business methods or subscriptions; require us to cease certain business operations or offering certain subscriptions or features; and lead to our bankruptcy or liquidation. Our limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business. We rely, in part, on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret law to protect our intellectual property in the U.S. and abroad. We seek to protect our technology, software, documentation and other information under trade secret and copyright law, which afford only limited protection. For example, we typically enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, third-party contractors, customers and vendors in an effort to control access to use and distribution of our technology, software, documentation and other information. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorized use or disclosure, and it may be possible for a third party to legally reverse engineer, copy or otherwise obtain and use our technology without authorization. In addition, improper disclosure of trade secret information by our current or former employees, consultants, third-party contractors, customers or vendors to the public or others who could make use of the trade secret information would likely preclude that information from being protected as a trade secret. We also rely, in part, on patent law to protect our intellectual property in the U.S. and internationally. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 85 issued U.S. patents, which expire between 2026 and 2035. We also have 49 patent applications pending examination in the U.S., and 17 patent applications pending examination in foreign jurisdictions all of which are related to U.S. applications. We cannot predict whether such pending patent applications will result in issued patents or whether any issued patents will effectively protect our intellectual property. Even if a pending patent application results in an issued patent, the patent may be circumvented or its validity may be challenged in various proceedings in United States District Court or before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, such as Post Grant Review or Inter Partes Review, which may require legal representation and involve substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources. In addition, we cannot assure you that every significant feature of our solutions is protected by our patents, or that we will mark our products with any or all patents they embody. As a result, we may be prevented from seeking injunctive relief or damages, in whole or in part for infringement of our patents. The unlicensed use of our brand, including domain names, by third parties could harm our reputation, cause confusion among our customers and impair our ability to market our products and subscriptions. To that end, we have registered numerous trademarks and service marks and have applied for registration of additional trademarks and service marks and have acquired a large number of domain names in and outside the U.S. to establish and protect our brand names as part of our intellectual property strategy. If our applications receive objections or are successfully opposed by third parties, it will be difficult for us to prevent third parties from using our brand without our permission. Moreover, successful opposition to our applications might encourage third parties to make additional oppositions or commence trademark infringement proceedings against us, which could be costly and time consuming to 19 defend against. If we are not successful in protecting our trademarks, our trademark rights may be diluted and subject to challenge or invalidation, which could materially and adversely affect our brand. Despite our efforts to implement our intellectual property strategy, we may not be able to protect or enforce our proprietary rights in the U.S. or internationally (where effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited). For example, we have entered into agreements containing confidentiality and invention assignment provisions in connection with the outsourcing of certain software development and quality assurance activities to third-party contractors located in St. Petersburg, Russia and Odessa, Ukraine. We have also entered into an agreement containing a confidentiality provision with a third-party contractor located in Manila, the Philippines, where we have outsourced a significant portion of our customer support function. We cannot assure you that agreements with these third-party contractors or their agreements with their employees and contractors will adequately protect our proprietary rights in the applicable jurisdictions and foreign countries, as their respective laws may not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. In addition, our competitors may independently develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology in a manner that does not infringe our intellectual property rights or design around any of our patents. Furthermore, detecting and policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and resource-intensive. Moreover, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation, whether successful or not, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our success depends on the public acceptance of our products and applications. Our future success depends on our ability to significantly increase revenues generated from our cloud-based business communications solutions. The market for cloud-based business communications is evolving rapidly and is characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. As is typical of a rapidly evolving industry, the demand for, and market acceptance of, these applications is uncertain. If the market for cloud-based business communications fails to develop, develops more slowly than we anticipate or develops in a manner different than we expect, our products could fail to achieve market acceptance, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business. Our growth depends on the continued use of voice communications by businesses, as compared to email and other data-based methods. A decline in the overall rate of voice communications by businesses would harm our business. Furthermore, our continued growth depends on future demand for and adoption of Internet voice communications systems and services. Although the number of broadband subscribers worldwide has grown significantly in recent years, a small percentage of businesses have adopted Internet voice communications services to date. For demand and adoption of Internet voice communications services by businesses to increase, Internet voice communications networks must improve the quality of their service for real-time communications by managing the effects of and reducing packet loss, packet delay and packet jitter, as well as unreliable bandwidth, so that toll-quality service can be consistently provided. Additionally, the cost and feature benefits of Internet voice communications must be sufficient to cause customers to switch from traditional phone service providers. We must devote substantial resources to educate customers and their end users about the benefits of Internet voice communications solutions, in general, and our subscriptions in particular. If any or all of these factors fail to occur, our business may be materially and adversely affected. Interruptions in our services caused by undetected errors, failures or bugs in our subscriptions could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, and impair our ability to sell our subscriptions. Due to the fact our subscriptions are complex and we have incorporated a variety of new computer hardware, as well as software that is developed in-house or licensed or acquired from third-party vendors, our subscriptions may have errors or defects that customers identify after they begin using them that could result in unanticipated interruptions of service. Internet-based services frequently contain undetected errors and bugs when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. While the substantial majority of our customers are small and medium-sized businesses, the use of our subscriptions in complicated, large-scale network environments may increase our exposure to undetected errors, failures or bugs in our subscriptions. Although we test our subscriptions to detect and correct errors and defects before their general release, we have from time to time experienced significant interruptions in our subscriptions as a result of such errors or defects and may experience future interruptions of service if we fail to detect and correct these errors and defects. The costs incurred in correcting such defects or errors may be substantial and could harm our results of operations. In addition, we rely on hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties to offer our subscriptions. Any defects in, or unavailability of, our or third-party software or hardware that cause interruptions of our subscriptions could, among other things: · · cause a reduction in revenues or delay in market acceptance of our subscriptions; require us to pay penalties or issue credits or refunds to our customers or resellers, or expose us to claims for damages; 20 · · · · cause us to lose existing customers and make it more difficult to attract new customers; divert our development resources or require us to make extensive changes to our software, which would increase our expenses and slow innovation; increase our technical support costs; and harm our reputation and brand. If we fail to continue to develop our brand or our reputation is harmed, our business may suffer. We believe that continuing to strengthen our current brand will be critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our subscriptions and will require continued focus on active marketing efforts. The demand for and cost of online and traditional advertising have been increasing and may continue to increase. Accordingly, we may need to increase our investment in, and devote greater resources to, advertising, marketing, and other efforts to create and maintain brand loyalty among users. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenues, and even if they do, any increased revenues may not offset the expenses incurred in building our brand. If we fail to promote and maintain our brand, or if we incur substantial expense in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brands, our business could be materially and adversely affected. Our services, as well as those of our competitors, are regularly reviewed and commented upon by online and social media sources, as well as computer and other business publications. Negative reviews, or reviews in which our competitors’ products and services are rated more highly than our software solutions, could negatively affect our brand and reputation. From time to time, our customers have expressed dissatisfaction with our services, including dissatisfaction with our customer support, our billing policies and the way our subscriptions operate. If we do not handle customer complaints effectively, our brand and reputation may suffer, we may lose our customers’ confidence, and they may choose to terminate, reduce or not to renew their subscriptions. In addition, many of our customers participate in social media and online blogs about Internet-based software solutions, including our subscriptions, and our success depends in part on our ability to minimize negative and generate positive customer feedback through such online channels where existing and potential customers seek and share information. If actions we take or changes we make to our subscriptions upset these customers, their blogging could negatively affect our brand and reputation. Complaints or negative publicity about our subscriptions or customer service could materially and adversely impact our ability to attract and retain customers and our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we experience excessive fraudulent activity or cannot meet evolving credit card association merchant standards, we could incur substantial costs and lose the right to accept credit cards for payment, which could cause our customer base to decline significantly. Most of our customers authorize us to bill their credit card accounts directly for service fees that we charge. If people pay for our subscriptions with stolen credit cards, we could incur substantial third-party vendor costs for which we may not be reimbursed. Further, our customers provide us with credit card billing information online or over the phone, and we do not review the physical credit cards used in these transactions, which increases our risk of exposure to fraudulent activity. We also incur charges, which we refer to as chargebacks, from the credit card companies from claims that the customer did not authorize the credit card transaction to purchase our subscription. If the number of chargebacks becomes excessive, we could be assessed substantial fines or be charged higher transaction fees, and we could lose the right to accept credit cards for payment. In addition, credit card issuers may change merchant standards, including data protection and documentation standards, required to utilize their services from time to time. We are compliant with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, in the United States and Canada and intend to become PCI DSS-compliant in the U.K. If we fail to maintain compliance with current merchant standards, such as PCI, or fail to meet new standards, the credit card associations could fine us or terminate their agreements with us, and we would be unable to accept credit cards as payment for our subscriptions. If such a failure to comply with relevant standards occurs, we may also face legal liability if we are found to not comply with applicable laws that incorporate, by reference or by adoption of substantially similar provisions, merchant standards, including PCI DSS. Our subscriptions may also be subject to fraudulent usage, including but not limited to revenue share fraud, domestic traffic pumping, subscription fraud, premium text message scams, and other fraudulent schemes. Although our customers are required to set passwords and personal identification numbers, or PINs, to protect their accounts and may configure in which destinations international calling is enabled from their extensions, third parties have in the past and may in the future be able to access and use their accounts through fraudulent means. This usage can result in, among other things, substantial bills to our vendors, for which we would be responsible, for terminating fraudulent call traffic. In addition, third parties may have attempted in the past, and may attempt in the future, to fraudulently induce domestic and international employees or consultants into disclosing customer credentials and other account information. Communications fraud can result in unauthorized access to customer accounts and customer data, unauthorized use of customers’ services, charges to customers for fraudulent usage and expense that we must pay to carriers. We may be required to pay for these charges and expenses with no reimbursement from the customer, and our reputation may be harmed if our subscriptions are subject to fraudulent usage. Although we implement multiple fraud prevention and detection controls, we cannot assure you that these controls will be adequate to protect against fraud. Substantial losses due to fraud or 21 our inability to accept credit card payments, which could cause our paid customer base to significantly decrease, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to grow our business. Potential problems with our information systems could interfere with our business and operations. We rely on our information systems and those of third parties for processing customer orders, distribution of our subscriptions, billing our customers, processing credit card transactions, customer relationship management, supporting financial planning and analysis, accounting functions and financial statement preparation and otherwise running our business. Information systems may experience interruptions, including interruptions of related services from third-party providers, which may be beyond our control. Such business interruptions could cause us to fail to meet customer requirements. All information systems, both internal and external, are potentially vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including without limitation, computer viruses, security breaches, energy blackouts, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication failures and employee or other theft, as well as third-party provider failures. In addition, since telecommunications billing is inherently complex and requires highly sophisticated information systems to administer, our billing system may experience errors or we may improperly operate the system, which could result in the system incorrectly calculating the fees owed by our customers for our subscriptions or related taxes and administrative fees. Any such errors in our customer billing could harm our reputation and cause us to violate truth in billing laws and regulations. Any errors or disruption in our information systems and those of the third parties upon which we rely could have a significant impact on our business. In addition, we transitioned from a number of disparate systems and in 2012, we implemented NetSuite, a SaaS enterprise resource planning system, to handle various business, operating and financial processes. In the future we intend to implement a billing system or internally develop an enhanced billing system, to replace our current internally developed billing system. We may also implement further and enhanced information systems in the future to meet the demands resulting from our growth and to provide additional capabilities and functionality. The implementation of new systems and enhancements is frequently disruptive to the underlying business of an enterprise, and can be time-consuming and expensive, increase management responsibilities and divert management attention. Any disruptions relating to our systems enhancements or any problems with the implementation, particularly any disruptions impacting our operations or our ability to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis during the implementation period, could materially and adversely affect our business. Even if we do not encounter these material and adverse effects, the implementation of these enhancements may be much more costly than we anticipated. If we are unable to successfully implement the information systems enhancements as planned, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted. Our use of open source technology could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our subscriptions. We use open source software in our platform on which our subscriptions operate. There is a risk that the owners of the copyrights in such software may claim that such licenses impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market or provide our subscriptions. If such owners prevail in such claim, we could be required to make the source code for our proprietary software (which contains our valuable trade secrets) generally available to third parties, including competitors, at no cost, to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our subscriptions, to re-engineer our technology, or to discontinue offering our subscriptions in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or at all, any of which could cause us to discontinue our subscriptions, harm our reputation, result in customer losses or claims, increase our costs or otherwise materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our subscriptions are subject to regulation, and future legislative or regulatory actions could adversely affect our business and expose us to liability in the U.S. and internationally. Federal Regulation Our business is regulated by the FCC. As a communications services provider, we are subject to existing or potential FCC regulations relating to privacy, disability access, porting of numbers, Federal Universal Service Fund, or USF, contributions, E-911, and other requirements. FCC classification of our Internet voice communications services as telecommunications services could result in additional federal and state regulatory obligations. If we do not comply with FCC rules and regulations, we could be subject to FCC enforcement actions, fines, loss of licenses, and possibly restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our subscriptions. Any enforcement action by the FCC, which may be a public process, would hurt our reputation in the industry, possibly impair our ability to sell our subscriptions to customers and could have a materially adverse impact on our revenues. Through RCLEC, we also provide competitive local exchange carrier services, or CLEC services, which are regulated by the FCC as traditional telecommunications services. Our CLEC services depend on certain provisions of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 that require incumbent local exchange carriers, or ILECs, to provide us facilities and services that are necessary to provide our services. Over the past several years, the FCC has reduced or eliminated a number of regulations governing ILECs’ wholesale 22 offerings. If ILECs were no longer required by law to provide such services to us, or ceased to provide these services at reasonable rates, terms and conditions, our business could be adversely affected and our cost of providing CLEC services could increase. This could have a materially adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows. Our subscriptions are also subject to a number of other FCC regulations. Among others, we must comply (in whole or in part) with: · · · · · · · the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, which requires covered entities to assist law enforcement in undertaking electronic surveillance; requirements to provide E-911 to our customers; contributions to the USF which requires that we pay a percentage of our interstate and international revenues to support certain federal programs; payment of annual FCC regulatory fees based on our interstate and international revenues; rules pertaining to access to our subscriptions by people with disabilities and contributions to the Telecommunications Relay Services fund; rules regarding certain customer information referred to CPNI, which requires that we not use such information without customer approval, subject to certain exceptions and that we file annual certifications regarding CPNI protections; and rules requiring the monitoring and reporting of call quality and call completion rates to rural areas of the United States. If we do not comply with any current or future rules or regulations that apply to our business, we could be subject to substantial fines and penalties, we may have to restructure our service offerings, exit certain markets or raise the price of our subscriptions, any of which could ultimately harm our business and results of operations. State Regulation States currently do not regulate our Internet voice communications subscriptions. However, a small number of states have ruled that non- nomadic Internet voice communications services may or do fall within the definition of “telecommunications services” and therefore those states assert that they have jurisdiction to regulate the service. No states currently require certification for nomadic Internet voice communications service providers. Even if a state does not require Internet voice communications service providers to be certified, a number of states require us to register as a VoIP provider, contribute to state USF, contribute to E-911 and pay other surcharges and annual fees that fund various utility commission programs, while others are actively considering extending their public policy programs to include the subscriptions we provide. We pass USF, E-911 fees and other surcharges through to our customers, which may result in our subscriptions becoming more expensive or require that we absorb these costs. We expect that state public utility commissions will continue their attempts to apply state telecommunications regulations to Internet voice communications subscriptions like ours. Our CLEC subsidiary’s services are subject to regulation by the public utility regulatory agency in those states where we provide local telecommunications services. This regulation includes the requirement to obtain a certificate of public convenience and necessity or other similar licenses prior to offering our CLEC services. We may also be required to file tariffs that describe our CLEC’s services and provide rates for those services. We are also required to comply with state regulations that vary from state to state concerning service quality, disconnection and billing requirements. State commissions also have authority to review and approve interconnection agreements between incumbent phone carriers and CLECs such as our subsidiary, and to conduct arbitration of disputes arising in the negotiation of such agreements. Both we and our CLEC subsidiary are also subject to state consumer protection laws, as well as U.S. state or municipal sales, use, excise, gross receipts, utility user and ad valorem taxes, fees or surcharges. International Regulation As we expand internationally, we may be subject to telecommunications, consumer protection, data protection and other laws and regulations in the foreign countries where we offer our subscriptions. Internationally, we currently offer our subscriptions in Canada and the U.K. We have also launched our new Global Office solution, enabling our multinational customers in the U.S., U.K., and Canada to establish local phone solutions in various countries internationally. We may be subject to telecommunications, consumer protection, data protection and other laws and regulations in additional countries as we continue to expand our Global Office solution internationally. 23 We are a provider of Internet voice telecommunications subscriptions in Canada. As a provider of Internet voice communications subscriptions, we, directly and through our Canadian subsidiary, are subject to regulation in Canada by the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, or CRTC. We are registered with the CRTC as a reseller of telecommunications services and have been issued a basic international telecommunications services, or BITS, license by the CRTC. As an Internet voice communications provider, we are subject to obligations imposed by the CRTC, including providing access to emergency calling services, providing access to operator assistance, directory information services, number portability, providing minimum customer information, charging customers certain regulatory charges and paying contribution charges. As a holder of a BITS license, we also must comply with various annual reporting requirements. We are also subject to Canadian federal privacy and anti-spam laws and provincial consumer protection legislation. As a provider of electronic communications services in the U.K., we, through our subsidiary, are subject to regulation in the U.K. by the Office of Communications, or Ofcom. Some of these regulatory obligations include providing access to emergency call services (E999/112) without charge; providing access to operator assistance, directories and directory enquiry services, offering contracts with minimum terms, providing and publishing certain information transparently, providing itemized billing, protecting customer information (including personal data); porting phone numbers upon a valid customer request and implementing a code of practice. We are required to comply with laws and matters relating to, among other things, competition law, distance selling, telecommunications, e-commerce and consumer protection. We must also comply with various reporting and recordkeeping requirements. The requirement to comply with such laws and any future legal or regulatory changes could adversely affect our business and expose us to liability. In addition, our international operations are potentially subject to country-specific governmental regulation and related actions that may increase our costs or impact our product and service offerings or prevent us from offering or providing our products and subscriptions in certain countries. Certain of our subscriptions may be used by customers located in countries where VoIP and other forms of IP communications may be illegal or require special licensing or in countries on a U.S. embargo list. Even where our products are reportedly illegal or become illegal or where users are located in an embargoed country, users in those countries may be able to continue to use our products and subscriptions in those countries notwithstanding the illegality or embargo. We may be subject to penalties or governmental action if consumers continue to use our products and subscriptions in countries where it is illegal to do so, and any such penalties or governmental action may be costly and may harm our business and damage our brand and reputation. We may be required to incur additional expenses to meet applicable international regulatory requirements or be required to discontinue those subscriptions if required by law or if we cannot or will not meet those requirements. We process, store, and use personal information and other data, which subjects us and our customers to a variety of evolving governmental regulation, industry standards and self-regulatory schemes, contractual obligations, and other legal obligations related to privacy and data protection, which may increase our costs, decrease adoption and use of our products and subscriptions and expose us to liability. There are a number of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations and industry standards, that provide for certain obligations and restrictions with respect to data privacy and security, and the collection, storage, retention, protection, use, processing, transmission, sharing, disclosure and protection of personal information and other customer data. We expect that with the implementation of our Global Office solution, we may become subject to additional data privacy regulations in other countries throughout the world. The scope of these obligations and restrictions is changing, subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent among countries or conflict with other rules, and their status remains uncertain. Within the European Union, or EU, strict laws already apply in connection with the collection, storage, retention, protection, use, processing, transmission, sharing, disclosure and protection of personal information and other customer data. The EU model has been replicated substantially or in part in various jurisdictions outside the U.S., including in certain Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation countries. Data protection regulators within the EU and other jurisdictions have the power to fine non-compliant organizations significant amounts and seek injunctive relief, including the cessation of certain data processing activities. With regard to transfers of personal data from our European customers to the U.S., we have historically relied on a number of measures. First, we adhere to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles, and having self- certified to the U.S.-EU and U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor Frameworks as agreed to by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the EU and Switzerland, which established means for legitimizing the transfer of personal data by U.S. companies from the European Economic Area, or EU, to the U.S. Secondly, we have taken contractual and other measures designed to ensure adequate protection for the personal data transferred from the EU to the U.S., including, where appropriate, the implementation of Model Clause agreements. As a result of the October 6, 2015 EU Court of Justice, or ECJ, opinion in Case C-362/14 (Schrems v. Data Protection Commissioner) (the “ECJ Ruling”), the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework was deemed an invalid method of compliance with restrictions set forth in EU Directive 95/46/EC (and member states’ implementations thereof) regarding the transfer of personal data outside of the EU. On February 3, 2016, however, the EU and U.S. authorities agreed on the broad principals of a new “Safe Harbor 2.0” regime to replace the Safe Harbor Framework which had been invalidated. In light of the ECJ Ruling, it is possible that some of the other adequate protection measures we have adopted to legitimize the transfer of personal data may also be vulnerable to challenge by the ECJ in the same vein as the Safe Harbor Framework. We anticipate engaging in additional measures to ensure compliance with EU law with respect to our transfers of personal data from 24 the EU to the U.S., and may find it necessary or desirable to make other changes to our personal data handling in light of the ECJ Ruling. These changes may entail, for example, adopting measures to ensure compliance with Safe Harbor 2.0 and/or to ensure the other adequate protection measures remain compliant. We may be unsuccessful in establishing compliant means for us to transfer such personal data from the EU or otherwise responding to the ECJ Ruling, and we may experience reluctance or refusal by European or multinational customers to use our solutions as a result of the ECJ Ruling. We may face a risk of enforcement actions taken by EU data protection authorities until the time, if any, that personal data transfers to us and by us from the EU are legitimized under EU Directive 95/46/EC and applicable member states’ implementations thereof. Additionally, the text of a new General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) has been approved, which strengthens the existing data protection regulations in the EU. The GDPR is set to enter into full force during 2018 and its provisions increasing the maximum level of fines that EU regulators may impose to the greater of € 100 million or 4% of worldwide annual sales. Such fines would be in addition to the rights of individuals to sue for damages in respect of any data privacy breach which causes them to suffer loss. As Internet commerce and communication technologies continue to evolve, thereby increasing online service providers’ and network users’ capacity to collect, store, retain, protect, use, process and transmit large volumes of personal information, increasingly restrictive regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely. For example, a variety of regulations that would increase restrictions on online service providers in the area of data privacy are currently being proposed, both in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions, and we believe that the adoption of increasingly restrictive regulation in the field of data privacy and security is likely, possibly as restrictive as the EU model. Canadian, anti-spam legislation, or CASL, prescribes certain rules regarding the use of electronic messages for commercial purposes that took effect on July 1, 2014. CASL also contains provisions that took effect in January 2015, imposing certain restrictions on a service provider’s ability to electronically automatically update or change software used in a customer’s service without the customer’s consent. Penalties for non-compliance with CASL are considerable, including administrative monetary penalties of up to $10 million and a private right of action, and the CRTC has begun actively enforcing the law and penalization non-compliant organizations. Obligations and restrictions imposed by current and future applicable laws, regulations, contracts and industry standards may affect our ability to provide all the current features of our products and subscriptions and our customers’ ability to use our products and subscriptions, and could require us to modify the features and functionality of our products and subscriptions. In 2015, Canada’s privacy legislation was amended to implement mandatory data breach notification requirements and fines of up to $100,000 per occurrence for organizations that fail to keep a log of breaches or notify the Office of the Privacy Commissioner or affected individuals. The amendments are not yet in force pending approval of related regulations, which is expected sometime in 2016. Such obligations and restrictions may limit our ability to collect, store, process, use, transmit and share data with our customers, and to allow our customer to collect, store, retain, protect, use, process, transmit, share and disclose data with others through our products and subscriptions. Compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such obligations and restrictions could increase the cost of our operations. Failure to comply with obligations and restrictions related to data privacy and security could subject us to lawsuits, fines, criminal penalties, statutory damages, consent decrees, injunctions, adverse publicity and other losses that could harm our business. Our customers can use our subscriptions to store contact and other personal or identifying information, and to process, transmit, receive, store and retrieve a variety of communications and messages, including information about their own customers and other contacts. Our terms of service prohibit the use of our subscriptions to store protected health information, or PHI (a category of information regulated under the US Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA), on a non-temporary basis and impose additional restrictions and conditions with respect to customers’ use of our subscriptions to transmit or receive PHI or to store PHI on a temporary basis. Customers are able, and may be authorized under certain circumstances, to use our subscriptions to transmit, receive, and/or store PHI, and in such cases they must agree to the activation of our HIPAA conduit settings. In addition, RingCentral may execute Business Associate Agreements, or BAAs, which are HIPAA- defined contracts related to the security of PHI, with HIPAA-regulated customers. Noncompliance with laws and regulations relating to privacy and HIPAA or with contractual obligations under any BAAs may lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities. Our actual compliance, our customers’ perception of our compliance, costs of compliance with such regulations and obligations and customer concerns regarding their own compliance obligations (whether factual or in error) may limit the use and adoption of our subscriptions and reduce overall demand. Furthermore, privacy concerns, including the inability or impracticality of providing advance notice to customers of privacy issues related to the use of our subscriptions, may cause our customers’ customers to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow our customers to use our subscriptions effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our subscriptions in certain industries. In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and industry groups have adopted and are considering the adoption of various self-regulatory standards and codes of conduct that, if applied to our or our customers’ businesses may place additional burdens on us and our customers, which may further reduce demand for our subscriptions and harm our business. While we try to comply with all applicable data protection laws, regulations, standards, and codes of conduct, as well as our own posted privacy policies and contractual commitments to the extent possible, any failure by us to protect our users’ privacy and data, including as a result of our systems being compromised by hacking or other malicious or surreptitious activity, could result in a loss of user confidence in our subscriptions and ultimately in a loss of users, which could materially and adversely affect our business. 25 Our customers may also accidentally disclose their passwords or store them on a mobile device that is lost or stolen, creating the perception that our systems are not secure against third-party access. Additionally, our third-party contractors in the Philippines, Russia, Ukraine, India and Poland may have access to customer data. If these or other third-party vendors violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may also put our customers’ information at risk and could in turn have a material and adverse effect on our business. Use or delivery of our subscriptions may become subject to new or increased regulatory requirements, taxes or fees. The increasing growth and popularity of Internet voice communications heighten the risk that governments will regulate or impose new or increased fees or taxes on Internet voice communications services. To the extent that the use of our subscriptions continues to grow, regulators may be more likely to seek to regulate or impose new or additional taxes, surcharges or fees on our subscriptions. Similarly, advances in technology, such as improvements in locating the geographic origin of Internet voice communications, could cause our subscriptions to become subject to additional regulations, fees or taxes, or could require us to invest in or develop new technologies, which may be costly. In addition, as we continue to expand our user base and offer more subscriptions, we may become subject to new regulations, taxes, surcharges or fees. Increased regulatory requirements, taxes, surcharges or fees on Internet voice communications services, which could be assessed by governments retroactively or prospectively, would substantially increase our costs, and, as a result, our business would suffer. In addition, the tax status of our subscriptions could subject us to conflicting taxation requirements and complexity with regard to the collection and remittance of applicable taxes. Any such additional taxes could harm our results of operations. Our emergency and E-911 calling services may expose us to significant liability. The FCC requires Internet voice communications providers, such as our company, to provide E-911 service in all geographic areas covered by the traditional wire-line E-911 network. Under the FCC’s rules, Internet voice communications providers must transmit the caller’s phone number and registered location information to the appropriate public safety answering point, or PSAP, for the caller’s registered location. Our CLEC services are also required by the FCC and state regulators to provide E-911 service to the extent that they provide services to end users. In Canada, the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, or the CRTC, has imposed similar requirements related to the provision of E-911 services in all areas of Canada where the wireline incumbent carrier offers such 911 services. The CRTC also mandates certain customer notification requirements pursuant to which new customers are required to be notified of 911 service limitations and to consent to the same before their service with us commences and we are required to provide annual update notifications to our customers of the 911 limitations of our service. Additionally, as a provider of electronic communications services in the U.K., we are subject to regulation in the U.K. by Ofcom. Similar to the requirements in the U.S., Ofcom requires electronic communications providers, such as our company, to provide all users access to both 112 (EU-mandated) and 999 (U.K.-mandated) emergency service numbers at no charge. Ofcom also requires us to clearly and transparently inform our users of any emergency service limitations on their device including by way of labels and network announcements. We provide E-911/999/112 service in compliance with the Ofcom, the CRTC and the FCC’s rules, as applicable, to substantially all of our customers’ interconnected VoIP lines. In some circumstances, 911/999/112 calls may be routed to a national emergency call center that routes the call to the appropriate PSAP. In addition, certain of our Internet voice communications services that work with mobile devices and are accessed through Wi-Fi networks may not be able to complete 911/999/112 calls. The FCC is considering requiring providers of Internet voice communications services on mobile devices and softphones to provide E-911 service, if such service may be used to make calls to the public telephone network. In Canada, the CRTC requires providers of Internet voice communications services on mobile devices and softphones to provide E-911 service, if such service may be used to make calls to the public telephone network. The adoption of such a requirement in the U.S. could increase our costs and make our service more expensive, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In May 2013, the FCC issued an order requiring all providers of interconnected text messaging services to provide, by September 30, 2013, an automatic bounce-back text message in situations where a consumer attempts to text message to 911 and text-to-911 is not available. We believe we are in compliance with this order. On August 13, 2014, the FCC released an order that requires providers of interconnected text messaging applications, by December 31, 2014, to be capable of supporting the routing of text messages to 911 to the appropriate PSAP. Covered text messaging providers had until June 30, 2015, or six months from the date of a PSAP request, whichever is later, to implement the routing of text messages to 911 for that PSAP. We believe we are in compliance with this order. In connection with the regulatory requirements that we provide E-911/999/112 to all of our interconnected VoIP customers, we must obtain from each customer, prior to the initiation of or changes to service, the physical locations at which the service will first be 26 used for each VoIP line. For subscriptions that can be utilized from more than one physical location, we must provide customers one or more methods of updating their physical location. Because we do not validate the physical address at each location where the subscriptions may be used by our customers, and because customers may use the subscriptions in locations that differ from the registered location without providing us with the updated information, it is possible that E-911/999/112 calls may get routed to the wrong PSAP. We are also aware that certain customer registered addresses are incorrect, or may not have been updated. If E-911/999/112 calls or text messages are not routed to the correct PSAP, and if the delay results in serious injury or death, we could be sued and the damages substantial. We are evaluating measures to attempt to verify and update the addresses for locations where our subscriptions are used. The FCC is also considering requiring interconnected VoIP providers to automatically update subscriber location information, for purposes of routing 911 calls. We could be subject to enforcement action by the FCC, the CRTC or Ofcom for our customer lines that cannot provide E-911/999/112 service in accordance with regulatory requirements. This enforcement action could result in significant monetary penalties and restrictions on our ability to offer non-compliant subscriptions. Customers may in the future attempt to hold us responsible for any loss, damage, personal injury, or death suffered as a result of delayed, misrouted or uncompleted emergency service calls or text messages. The New and Emerging Technologies 911 Improvement Act of 2008 provides that Internet voice communications providers and interconnected text messaging providers have the same protections from liability for the operation of 911 service as traditional wire-line and wireless providers. Limitations on liability for the provision of 911 service are normally governed by state law, but these limitations typically are not absolute. It is also unclear whether the limitations on liability would apply to those customer lines for which we do not provide E-911 service. In the U.K., by law we cannot limit our liability for any death or injury arising out of our negligence, including as a result of emergency service calls that are delayed, misrouted or uncompleted due to our negligence. In Canada, the CRTC does not permit any limitation of liability related to the provision of E-911 services that is due to our gross negligence or where negligence on the part of a service provider results in physical injury, death or damage to the customer's property or premises. In addition, Canadian provincial consumer protection laws may constrain our ability to limit liability to our non-business customers for any liability caused due to the 911 shortfalls inherent in Internet voice communications services. We rely on third parties to provide the majority of our customer service and support representatives and to fulfill various aspects of our E-911 service. If these third parties do not provide our customers with reliable, high-quality service, our reputation will be harmed, and we may lose customers. We offer customer support through both our online account management website and our toll-free customer support number. Our customer support is currently provided via a third-party provider located in the Philippines, as well as our employees in the U.S. We currently offer support almost exclusively in English. Our third-party providers generally provide customer service and support to our customers without identifying themselves as independent parties. The ability to support our customers may be disrupted by natural disasters, inclement weather conditions, civil unrest, strikes and other adverse events in the Philippines. Furthermore, as we expand our operations internationally, we may need to make significant expenditures and investments in our customer service and support to adequately address the complex needs of international customers, such as support in multiple foreign languages. We also contract with third parties to provide E-911 services and 999/112 services (in the U.K.), including assistance in routing emergency calls and terminating E-911/999/112 calls. Our providers operate a national call center that is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to receive certain emergency calls and maintain PSAP (Emergency Call Handling in the U.K.) databases for the purpose of deploying and operating E- 911/999/112 services. On mobile devices, we generally rely on the underlying cellular or wireless carrier to provide E-911/999/112 services. Interruptions in service from our vendors could cause failures in our customers’ access to E-911/999/112 services and expose us to liability and damage our reputation. If any of these third parties do not provide reliable, high-quality service, our reputation and our business will be harmed. In addition, industry consolidation among providers of services to us may impact our ability to obtain these services or increase our costs for these services. We are in the process of expanding our international operations, which exposes us to significant risks. To date, we have not generated significant revenues from outside of the U.S., Canada and the U.K. However, we already have significant operations outside these countries, including software development operations in Russia and China, and software development and quality assurance operations in Ukraine, and sales and marketing operations in the Philippines, and we expect to grow our international presence in the future, including through the launch of our new Global Office solution. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our operations and customer base worldwide. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the U.S. Due to our limited experience with international operations and developing and managing sales 27 and distribution channels in international markets, our international expansion efforts may not be successful. In addition, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could materially and adversely affect our business, including: · · · · · · · · · · · · our ability to comply with differing and evolving technical and environmental standards, data protection and telecommunications regulations and certification requirements outside the U.S.; difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations; potentially greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles; the need to adapt and localize our subscriptions for specific countries; the need to offer customer care in various native languages; reliance on third parties over which we have limited control, including TELUS, BT and other international resellers, for marketing and reselling our subscriptions; availability of reliable broadband connectivity and wide area networks in targeted areas for expansion; lower levels of adoption of credit or debit card usage for Internet related purchases by foreign customers and compliance with various foreign regulations related to credit or debit card processing and data protection requirements; difficulties in understanding and complying with local laws, regulations, and customs in foreign jurisdictions; export controls and economic sanctions administered by the Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security and the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control; tariffs and other non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and local content rules; compliance with various anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010; · more limited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; · · · · · · · · · adverse tax consequences; fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could increase the price of our subscriptions outside of the U.S., increase the expenses of our international operations, including expenses related to foreign contractors, and expose us to foreign currency exchange rate risk; fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could reduce the amount of revenues we generate outside of the U.S. related to customer contracts that are denominated in local currencies of the countries we operate in, currently Canada and the U.K., or which could increase the expenses incurred in our operations or through our contractors outside the U.S. that are denominated in local currencies, currently the U.K., Russia, China, the Philippines and Ukraine; exchange control regulations, which might restrict or prohibit our conversion of other currencies into U.S. Dollars; restrictions on the transfer of funds; our ability to effectively price our subscriptions in competitive international markets; new and different sources of competition; deterioration of political relations between the U.S. and other countries, particularly Russia, Ukraine, China and the Philippines; and including the possibility of a breakdown in diplomatic relations between the U.S. or the European Union and Russia or sanctions implemented by the U.S. or the European Union against Russia or vice versa, which could have a material adverse effect on our third- party software development operations in Russia; and political or social unrest, economic instability, conflict or war in a specific country or region, such as the recent events in the Ukraine, including political demonstrations, the annexation of the Crimea region of Ukraine by Russia, the hostile relations between Russia and the Ukraine, and disruptions caused by Pro-Russian separatists in the Ukraine, which could have an adverse impact on our third-party software development and quality assurance operations there. Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our future international operations and our overall business. 28 We depend largely on the continued services of our senior management and other key employees, the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our future performance depends on the continued services and contributions of our senior management and other key employees to execute on our business plan, and to identify and pursue opportunities and services innovations. The loss of services of senior management or other key employees could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives. In particular, we depend to a considerable degree on the vision, skills, experience and effort of our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Vladimir Shmunis. None of our executive officers or other senior management personnel is bound by a written employment agreement and any of them may therefore terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. The replacement of any of these senior management personnel would likely involve significant time and costs, and such loss could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. The loss of the services of our senior management or other key employees for any reason could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business will suffer. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. We believe that there is, and will continue to be, intense competition for highly skilled technical and other personnel with experience in our industry in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters is located, in Denver, Colorado, where our U.S. sales and customer support office and our network operations center is located, and in other locations, such as Charlotte, North Carolina; Boca Raton, Florida; London, England and Xiamen, China, where we maintain offices. We must provide competitive compensation packages and a high-quality work environment to hire, retain and motivate employees. If we are unable to retain and motivate our existing employees and attract qualified personnel to fill key positions, we may be unable to manage our business effectively, including the development, marketing and sale of existing and new subscriptions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or divulged proprietary or other confidential information. Volatility in, or lack of performance of, our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Many of our key personnel are, or will soon be, vested in a substantial amount of shares of common stock, stock options or restricted stock units. Employees may be more likely to terminate their employment with us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the options, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our Class A common stock. If we are unable to retain our employees, our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be harmed. We may expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, each of which may divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt our operations and harm our results of operations. Our business strategy may, from time to time, include acquiring or investing in complementary services, technologies or businesses, such as our recent acquisition of Glip, Inc. We cannot assure you that we will successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, integrate or manage disparate technologies, lines of business, personnel and corporate cultures, realize our business strategy or the expected return on our investment, or manage a geographically dispersed company. Any such acquisition or investment could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. The acquisition and integration process is complex, expensive and time-consuming, and may cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, product development and sales activities and operations of both companies, and we may incur substantial cost and expense, as well as divert the attention of management. We may issue equity securities which could dilute current stockholders’ ownership, incur debt, assume contingent or other liabilities and expend cash in acquisitions, which could negatively impact our financial position, stockholder equity and stock price. Acquisitions and other strategic investments involve significant risks and uncertainties, including: · · · · · · · the potential failure to achieve the expected benefits of the combination or acquisition; unanticipated costs and liabilities; difficulties in integrating new products and subscriptions, software, businesses, operations and technology infrastructure in an efficient and effective manner; difficulties in maintaining customer relations; the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses; the diversion of the attention of our senior management from the operation of our daily business; the potential adverse effect on our cash position to the extent that we use cash for the purchase price; 29 · · · · the potential significant increase of our interest expense, leverage, and debt service requirements if we incur additional debt to pay for an acquisition; the potential issuance of securities that would dilute our stockholders’ percentage ownership; the potential to incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; and the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures. Any acquisition or investment could expose us to unknown liabilities. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or investment. In addition, our inability to successfully operate and integrate newly acquired businesses appropriately, effectively, and in a timely manner could impair our ability to take advantage of future growth opportunities and other advances in technology, as well as on our revenues, gross margins and expenses. We may be subject to liabilities on past sales for taxes, surcharges and fees. Prior to March 2012, we did not collect or remit U.S. state or municipal sales, use, excise, utility user and ad valorem taxes, fees or surcharges on the charges to our customers for our subscriptions or goods, except that we have historically complied with the collection of certain California sales/use taxes and financial contributions to the California 9-1-1 system (the Emergency Telephone Users Surcharge) and federal USF. For periods prior to 2012, with limited exception, we believe that we were generally not subject to taxes, fees, or surcharges imposed by other U.S. state and municipal jurisdictions or that such taxes, fees, or surcharges did not apply to our service. There is uncertainty as to what constitutes sufficient “in state presence” for a state to levy taxes, fees and surcharges for sales made over the Internet. Therefore, taxing authorities may challenge our position and may decide to audit our business and operations with respect to sales, use, telecommunications and other taxes, which could result in increased tax liabilities for us or our customers, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our relationships with our customers. In 2012, we voluntarily began collecting and remitting U.S. state sales, use or other taxes, surcharges, and fees. The collection of these taxes, fees, or surcharges could have the effect of decreasing or eliminating price advantages we may have had over other providers. We may not accurately calculate these taxes, particularly in foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we have recorded a contingent sales tax liability for sales prior to 2012. If our ultimate liability exceeds the collected and accrued amount, it could result in significant charges to our earnings. Finally, the application of other indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax, value added tax, or VAT, goods and services tax, business tax, and gross receipt tax) to e-commerce businesses, such as ours, is a complex and evolving area. In November 2007, the U.S. federal government enacted legislation extending the moratorium on states and other local authorities imposing access or discriminatory taxes on the Internet. Since then it has been extended several times, with the current continuing resolution extending it until October, 2016. This moratorium does not prohibit federal, state, or local authorities from collecting taxes on our income or from collecting taxes that are due under existing tax rules. The application of existing, new, or future laws, whether in the U.S. or internationally, could have adverse effects on our business, prospects, and results of operations. There have been, and will continue to be, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various indirect tax requirements in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business. Changes in effective tax rates, or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including: · · · · · · · · changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; expiration of, or lapses in, the research and development tax credit laws; expiration or non-utilization of net operating loss carryforwards; tax effects of share-based compensation; expansion into new jurisdictions; potential challenges to and costs related to implementation and ongoing operation of our intercompany arrangements; changes in tax laws and regulations and accounting principles, or interpretations or applications thereof; and certain non-deductible expenses as a result of acquisitions. Any changes in our effective tax rate could adversely affect our results of operations. 30 We may be unable to use some or all of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could materially and adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations. As of December 31, 2015, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $170.2 million and $117.0 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income, due to prior period losses, which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2023 and 2015 for federal and state purposes, respectively. We also have federal research tax credit carryforwards that will begin to expire in 2028. Realization of these net operating loss and research tax credit carryforwards depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who each own at least 5% of our stock, increase their collective ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Except for an insignificant amount of deferred tax assets recognized in connection with NOLs in the Netherlands, no deferred tax assets have been recognized on our consolidated balance sheets related to these NOLs, as they are fully offset by a valuation allowance. If we have previously had, or have in the future, one or more Section 382 “ownership changes,” including in connection with our initial public offering or another offering, or if we do not generate sufficient taxable income, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs, even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, it may adversely affect investor confidence in our company. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, is required to and has issued an attestation report as of December 31, 2015. While management concluded internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015, there can be no assurance that material weaknesses will not be identified in the future. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. As a result, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future. If our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. We may not be successful in continuing to obtain local access services through our CLEC subsidiary. Through our competitive local exchange carrier subsidiary, RCLEC, we have been able to purchase network services directly from ILECs and from other CLECs in certain geographic markets, at lower prices than we pay for such services through third-party network service providers, such as Level 3 Communications, Inc. and Bandwidth.com, Inc. Using the services of our CLEC subsidiary has also helped us improve our quality of service. However, the ILECs may favor themselves and their affiliates and may not provide network services to us at lower prices than we could obtain through Level 3 Communications, Inc., Bandwidth.com, Inc., other third-party CLECs, or at all. If we are unable to continue to reduce our pricing as a result of obtaining network services through our subsidiary, we may be forced to rely on other third-party network service providers and be unable to effectively lower our cost of service. In addition, if ILECs or other CLECs do not provide us with any access, we will not be able to use our RCLEC subsidiary as intended to improve the quality of our subscriptions or lower the cost of our subscriptions. If we are unable to effectively process local number and toll-free number portability provisioning in a timely manner, our growth may be negatively affected. We support local number and toll-free number portability, which allows our customers to transfer to us and thereby retain their existing phone numbers when subscribing to our services. Transferring numbers is a manual process that can take up to 15 business days or longer to complete. A new customer of our subscriptions must maintain both our subscription and the customer’s existing phone service during the number transferring process. Any delay that we experience in transferring these numbers typically results 31 from the fact that we depend on third-party carriers to transfer these numbers, a process that we do not control, and these third-party carriers may refuse or substantially delay the transfer of these numbers to us. Local number portability is considered an important feature by many potential customers, and if we fail to reduce any related delays, we may experience increased difficulty in acquiring new customers. Moreover, the FCC requires Internet voice communications providers, which are companies like us that provide subscriptions similar to traditional phone companies, including the ability to make calls to and receive calls from the public phone network, to comply with specified number porting timeframes when customers leave our subscription for the services of another provider. In Canada, the CRTC has imposed a similar number portability requirement on subscription providers like us. Similarly in the U.K., Ofcom requires providers of electronic communications services, like us, to provide number portability as soon as practicable and on reasonable terms. If we, or our third-party carriers, are unable to process number portability requests within the requisite timeframes, we could be subject to fines and penalties, including, in the U.K., compensation payable to our customers. Additionally, in the U.S., both customers and carriers may seek relief from the relevant state public utility commission, the FCC, or in state or federal court for violation of local number portability requirements. Our business could suffer if we cannot obtain or retain direct inward dialing numbers, or DIDs, are prohibited from obtaining local or toll-free numbers, or are limited to distributing local or toll-free numbers to only certain customers. Our future success depends on our ability to procure large quantities of local and toll-free DIDs in the U.S. and foreign countries in desirable locations at a reasonable cost and without restrictions. Our ability to procure and distribute DIDs depends on factors outside of our control, such as applicable regulations, the practices of the communications carriers that provide DIDs, the cost of these DIDs, and the level of demand for new DIDs. Due to their limited availability, there are certain popular area code prefixes that we generally cannot obtain. Our inability to acquire DIDs for our operations would make our subscriptions less attractive to potential customers in the affected local geographic areas. In addition, future growth in our customer base, together with growth in the customer bases of other providers of cloud-based business communications, has increased, which increases our dependence on needing sufficiently large quantities of DIDs. We rely on third-party hardware and software that may be difficult to replace or which could cause errors or failures of our subscriptions. We rely on purchased or leased hardware and software licensed from third parties in order to offer our subscriptions. In some cases, we integrate third-party licensed software components into our platform. This hardware and software may not continue to be available at reasonable prices or on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could significantly increase our expenses and otherwise result in delays in the provisioning of our subscriptions until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated. Any errors or defects in third-party hardware or software could result in errors or a failure of our subscriptions which could harm our business. Any difficulties in our transition to a new agency model to provide almost all phones purchased by our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We recently entered into a sales agency agreement with Westcon Group, Inc., or Westcon, a global distributor of communications devices, to provide directly most of the phones purchased by our customers. Under this new agreement, Westcon will provide phones directly to our customers instead of us purchasing phones from third-party vendors and then reselling the phones to our customers. While we are hopeful that this transition to a sales agency model will be successful, there may be difficulties with training our sales force, billing, delivery logistics, configuration for use with our services, and compatibility with our customers’ existing telecommunications infrastructure. Any transition difficulties may delay or prevent our customers from utilizing our solutions, or may require us to explore alternative supply arrangements or configuration solutions at our own expense, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We currently depend on three suppliers and one fulfillment agent to configure and deliver the phones that we sell and will in the future depend on Westcon to sell and deliver them directly to our customers, and any delay or interruption in manufacturing, configuring and delivering by these third parties would result in delayed or reduced shipments to our customers and may harm our business. We rely on Cisco Systems, Inc., Polycom, Inc., and Yealink Network Technology Co., Ltd. to provide phones that we and Westcon offer for sale to our customers that use our subscriptions, and we rely on one fulfillment agent to configure and deliver the phones that we sell directly to our customers. Beginning in the first quarter of 2016, Westcon will sell and deliver the majority of the phones purchased by our customers, as well as configure them for use with our subscriptions. As a sales agent for Westcon, we will have lesser control of the availability, design, function, quality, reliability, customer service or branding of these phones or configuration services. Although we will be assisting in the marketing and promoting of these phones in connection with our services and will provide Westcon with advisory recommendations on the retail pricing of these phones, we will have lesser control of either the marketing and promotion or the pricing of these phones or any configuration services. Accordingly, we could be adversely 32 affected if Westcon fails to maintain competitive phones or configuration services, or fails to continue to make them available on attractive terms, or at all. If Westcon is unable to deliver phones of acceptable quality, or if there is a reduction or interruption in Westcon’s ability to supply the phones in a timely manner, our ability to bring services to market, the reliability of our subscriptions and our relationships with customers or our overall reputation in the marketplace could suffer, which could cause us to lose revenue. We expect that it could take several months to effectively transition to new third-party manufacturers or fulfillment agents. If our vendor-supplied phones are not able to interoperate effectively with our own back-end servers and systems, our customers may not be able to use our subscriptions, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Phones must interoperate with our back-end servers and systems, which contain complex specifications and utilize multiple protocol standards and software applications. Currently, the phones used by our customers are manufactured by only three third-party providers: Cisco Systems, Inc., Polycom, Inc., and Yealink Network Technology Co., Ltd. If any of these providers changes the operation of their phones, we will be required to undertake development and testing efforts to ensure that the new phones interoperate with our system. These efforts may require significant capital and employee resources, and we may not accomplish these development efforts quickly or cost-effectively, if at all. If our vendor- supplied phones do not interoperate effectively with our system, our customers’ ability to use our subscriptions could be delayed or orders for our subscriptions could be cancelled, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances. If capital is not available to us, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. We intend to continue to make expenditures and investments to support the growth of our business and may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances, including the need to develop new solutions or enhance our existing solutions, enhance our operating infrastructure, and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. However, additional funds may not be available when we need them on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve further restrictive covenants, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. In addition, the restrictive covenants in our current credit facilities with Silicon Valley Bank or in other credit facilities we may secure in the future may restrict us from being able to conduct our operations in a manner required for our business and may restrict our growth, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with any such restrictive covenants. In the event that we are unable to comply with these covenants in the future, we would seek an amendment or waiver of the covenants. We cannot assure you that any such waiver or amendment would be granted. In such event, we may be required to repay any or all of our existing borrowings, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow under our existing credit agreements, or obtain alternative funding arrangements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, volatility in the credit markets may have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain debt financing. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. The market price of our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile and could decline. The stock market in general, and the market for SaaS and other technology-related stocks in particular, has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price and trading volume for our Class A common stock has been and may continue to be highly volatile, and investors in our Class A common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. Factors that could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate significantly include: · · our operating and financial performance and prospects and the performance of other similar companies; our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry; 33 · · · conditions that impact demand for our subscriptions; the public’s reaction to our press releases, financial guidance, and other public announcements, and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC; changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities or research analysts who track our Class A common stock; · market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategy; · · · · · · strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; changes in government and other regulations; changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; arrival and departure of key personnel; sales of common stock by us, our investors or members of our management team; and changes in general market, economic, and political conditions in the U.S. and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural disasters, telecommunications failure, cyber attack, civil unrest in various parts of the world, acts of war, terrorist attacks, or other catastrophic events. Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the trading volume and market price of our Class A common stock and may prevent investors from being able to sell their shares at or above the price they paid for their shares of our Class A common stock. Following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders often file securities class-action lawsuits against such company. Our involvement in a class-action lawsuit could divert our senior management’s attention and, if adversely determined, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our corporate headquarters, one of our data centers and co-location facilities, our third-party customer service and support facilities, and a research and development facility are located near known earthquake fault zones, and the occurrence of an earthquake, tsunami or other catastrophic disaster could damage our facilities or the facilities of our contractors, which could cause us to curtail our operations. Our corporate headquarters, one of our data centers and one of our subsidiary’s co-location facilities are located in California, our third-party customer service call centers operated by our contractors are located in the Philippines, and one of our research and development facilities is located on the coast of China. All of these locations are on the Pacific Rim near known earthquake fault zones and, therefore, are vulnerable to damage from earthquakes and tsunamis. Additionally, our China facility, our third-party customer service and support facilities in the Philippines, and our CLEC subsidiary’s co-location facility in Florida are located in areas subject to hurricanes. We and our contractors are also vulnerable to other types of disasters, such as power loss, fire, floods, pandemics, cyber-attack, war, political unrest and terrorist attacks and similar events that are beyond our control. If any disasters were to occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously impaired, and we may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, loss of intellectual property, delays in our subscriptions development, lengthy interruptions in our services, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, all of which could harm our future results of operations. In addition, we do not carry earthquake insurance and we may not have adequate insurance to cover our losses resulting from other disasters or other similar significant business interruptions. Any significant losses that are not recoverable under our insurance policies could seriously impair our business and financial condition. The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members. As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations has increased our legal and financial compliance costs, made some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increased demand on our systems and resources, and these costs and demands may become greater especially now that we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses. 34 In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. Our failure to comply with these laws, regulations and standards could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, we are now required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to include increased disclosure regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved by the stockholders. We may incur increasing expenses and devote substantial management efforts toward ensuring continued compliance with these requirements. As a result of filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition has become more visible, which we believe may result in more litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor. These claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our charter documents has the effect of concentrating voting control with a limited number of stockholders that held our stock prior to our initial public offering, including our founders and our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, and venture capital investors, and limiting other stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters. Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our founders, previous investors and our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, together hold approximately 70% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and our founders, including our CEO and Chairman, together hold a majority of such voting power. As a result, for the foreseeable future, our pre-offering stockholders will have significant influence over the management and affairs of our company and over the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all of our assets. In addition, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock so long as the shares of Class B common stock represent at least 10% of all outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected. Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Mr. Shmunis retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock. As a board member, Mr. Shmunis owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Shmunis is entitled to vote his shares in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future and plan to, instead, retain any earnings to finance our operations and growth. Because we have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, the only opportunity to achieve a return on an investor’s investment in our company will be if the market price of our Class A common stock appreciates and the investor sells its shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our Class A common stock that will prevail in the market will ever exceed the price that an investor pays. 35 If research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our Class A common stock, our stock price and trading volume may decline. The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that research analysts publish about us and our business. If we do not maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A common stock may decline. If one or more of the research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock may decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Anti-takeover provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware corporate law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our Class A common stock. Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that: · · · · · · · · authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 100,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock; require that, once our outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent; specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chair of our board of directors, or our Chief Executive Officer; establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors; prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors; provide that our directors may be removed only for cause, subject to such amendment as provided in our current proxy statement; provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of a supermajority of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and reflect two classes of common stock, as discussed above. These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES Our corporate headquarters is located in Belmont, California, and consists of approximately 84,000 square feet of office space, under a lease that expires in July 2021. We also lease offices in Denver, Colorado; Charlotte, North Carolina; Boca Raton, Florida; London, England; and Xiamen, China. In addition, we lease space from third party datacenter hosting facilities under co-location agreements that support our cloud infrastructure, the most significant locations being Vienna, Virginia; San Jose, California; Amsterdam, the Netherlands; and Zurich, Switzerland. We expect to expand our facilities and datacenter capacity during the year ending December 31, 2016. We believe that we will be able to obtain additional space at other locations at commercially reasonable terms to support our continuing expansion. 36 ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We are subject to certain legal proceedings described below, and from time to time may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating to contractual disputes, intellectual property rights, employment matters, regulatory compliance matters, and other litigation matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of business. Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees, we may receive unfavorable preliminary or interim rulings in the course of litigation, and there can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing specific litigation and regulatory matters using reasonably available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Legal fees are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not have any significant ongoing legal matters and did not have any accrued liabilities recorded for such loss contingencies. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 37 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information for Common Stock Our Class A common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “RNG” since September 27, 2013. The following table sets forth for the indicated periods the high and low closing sales prices of our Class A common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange: Year ended December 31, 2015: First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter Year ended December 31, 2014: First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter High Low $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 16.32 19.41 20.70 25.47 23.65 18.87 15.80 15.06 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 13.50 15.35 16.40 17.80 17.25 11.33 11.53 10.02 Our Class B common stock is not listed or traded on any stock exchange. Dividend Policy We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. Stockholders As of February 22, 2016, there were 32 stockholders of record of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Because most of our shares of Class A common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial stockholders represented by these record holders. Sale of Unregistered Securities None. Use of Proceeds from Public Offering of Common Stock On October 2, 2013, we closed our initial public offering (IPO) whereby 8,625,000 shares of Class A common stock, which included 8,545,000 shares of Class A common stock sold by us (including 1,125,000 shares of common stock from the exercise of the overallotment option of shares granted to the underwriters), and 80,000 shares of Class A common stock sold by the selling stockholders, were sold at a price of $13.00 per share. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the IPO were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-190815). Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan, BofA Merrill Lynch, Allen & Company LLC, and Raymond James acted as the underwriters. We did not receive any proceeds from the sales of shares by the selling stockholders. The Company received aggregate proceeds of $103.3 million from the IPO, net of underwriters’ discounts and commissions, but before deduction of offering expenses of approximately $3.9 million. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on September 27, 2013 pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act. We invested the funds received in registered money market funds. 38 Use of Proceeds from Secondary Public Offering of Common Stock On March 11, 2014, we closed our secondary public offering whereby 7,991,551 shares of Class A common stock, which included 2,791,551 shares of Class A common stock sold by us (including 791,551 shares of common stock from the exercise of the overallotment option of shares granted to the underwriters), and 5,200,000 shares of Class A common stock sold by the selling stockholders, were sold at a price of $21.50 per share. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-194132). Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan, BofA Merrill Lynch, Raymond James, William Blair, Oppenheimer & Co., Macquarie Capital, and Northland Capital Markets acted as the underwriters. We did not receive any proceeds from the sales of shares by the selling stockholders. The Company received aggregate proceeds of $57.2 million from the secondary public offering, net of underwriters’ discounts and commissions, but before deduction of offering expenses of approximately $1.1 million. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on March 5, 2014 pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act. We invested the funds received in registered money market funds. Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans Information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans can be found under Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 39 Stock Performance Graph The following shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or incorporated by reference into any of our other filings under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. The graph below compares the cumulative total return on our Class A common stock with that of the Russell 2000 Index and the Nasdaq Computer Index. The period shown commences on September 27, 2013, the first day our Class A common stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and ends on December 31, 2015, the end of our last fiscal year. The graph assumes $100 was invested at the close of market on September 27, 2013 in the Class A common stock of RingCentral, Inc., or on September 30, 2013 in the Russell 2000 Index and the Nasdaq Computer Index, and assumes the reinvestment of any dividends. The stock price performance on the following graph is not intended to forecast or be indicative of future stock price performance of our Class A common stock. 40 ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The consolidated statements of operations data and the consolidated balance sheets data are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this filing. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period. Consolidated Statements of Operations Data Revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total revenues Cost of revenues: Software subscriptions (1) Product Total cost of revenues Gross profit Operating expenses: Research and development (1) Sales and marketing (1) General and administrative (1) Total operating expenses Loss from operations Other income (expense), net: Interest expense Other income (expense), net Other income (expense), net Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes Provision (benefit) for income taxes Net loss Net loss per common share: Basic and diluted Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share: $ $ 2015 Year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands, except per share amounts) 2012 2014 $ 271,245 $ 24,983 296,228 200,098 $ 19,789 219,887 145,995 $ 14,510 160,505 105,693 $ 8,833 114,526 66,354 20,917 87,271 208,957 58,673 18,100 76,773 143,114 47,230 14,289 61,519 98,986 36,215 8,688 44,903 69,623 52,924 139,851 47,114 239,889 (30,932 ) 44,582 104,827 38,910 188,319 (45,205 ) 33,399 72,336 34,284 140,019 (41,033 ) 24,450 54,566 24,434 103,450 (33,827 ) (1,123 ) (1,307 ) (2,430 ) (33,362 ) (1,263 ) (32,099 ) $ (2,007 ) (1,031 ) (3,038 ) (48,243 ) 97 (48,340 ) $ (5,384 ) 274 (5,110 ) (46,143 ) (45 ) (46,098 ) $ (1,503 ) 32 (1,471 ) (35,298 ) 92 (35,390 ) $ 2011 71,915 6,962 78,877 26,475 6,523 32,998 45,879 12,199 34,550 12,969 59,718 (13,839 ) (158 ) 109 (49 ) (13,888 ) 15 (13,903 ) (0.46 ) $ (0.72 ) $ (1.39 ) $ (1.58 ) $ (0.64 ) Basic and diluted 70,069 66,818 33,155 22,353 21,678 (1) Share-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows (in thousands): Cost of revenues Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Total share-based compensation expense 2015 2,054 $ 5,387 7,200 7,447 22,088 $ Year ended December 31, 2013 2012 2014 1,294 $ 3,343 5,260 5,619 15,516 $ 539 $ 1,495 1,313 4,193 7,540 $ 235 $ 837 651 1,379 3,102 $ 2011 141 260 297 490 1,188 $ $ 41 Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands): Cash and cash equivalents Short-term investments Working capital surplus (deficit) Total assets Deferred revenue Debt and capital lease obligations Convertible preferred stock Total stockholders' equity 2015 2014 As of December 31, 2013 2012 2011 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 137,588 $ — $ 90,472 $ 214,813 $ 36,657 $ 19,040 $ — $ 110,132 $ 113,182 $ 28,479 $ 83,513 $ 188,337 $ 25,586 $ 25,621 $ — $ 96,505 $ 116,378 $ — $ 75,005 $ 145,185 $ 16,552 $ 34,821 $ — $ 63,515 $ 37,864 $ — $ (484 ) $ 63,354 $ 11,291 $ 21,079 $ 74,020 $ 71 $ 13,577 — (5,147 ) 27,362 9,042 979 44,109 1,452 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. As discussed in the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward- Looking Statements,” the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this report, particularly in “Risk Factors.” Overview We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for the way employees communicate in business. We believe that our innovative, cloud-based approach disrupts the large market for business communications solutions by providing flexible and cost-effective subscriptions that support distributed workforces, mobile employees and the proliferation of “bring-your-own” communications devices. We enable convenient and effective communications for our customers, across all their locations, all their employees, all the time, thus enabling a more productive and dynamic workforce. We primarily generate revenues by selling software subscriptions of our RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, RingCentral Fax, and RingCentral Contact Center offerings. RingCentral Office is offered at monthly subscription rates, varying by the specific functionalities and services and the number of users. RingCentral Office customers generally pay higher monthly subscription rates than customers of our other service offerings. RingCentral Professional is offered at monthly subscription rates that vary based on the desired amount of minutes usage and extensions allotted to the plan. RingCentral Fax is offered at monthly subscription rates that vary based on the desired number of pages and phone numbers allotted to the plan. In addition, RingCentral Contact Center is also offered as a monthly subscription based on three editions with varying features and capabilities. Our subscription plans have historically had monthly or annual contractual terms, although we also have subscription plans with multi-year contractual terms, generally with larger customers. We believe that this flexibility in contract duration is important to meet the different needs of our customers. Generally, most of our fees for subscription plans have been billed in advance via credit card. However, as the number of RingCentral Office customers grows, we expect to bill more customers through commercial invoices with customary payment terms and, accordingly, our levels of accounts receivable may increase. We also expect our level of prepayments by larger customers to increase, accordingly our level of deferred revenue may increase. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, software subscriptions revenue accounted for more than 90% of our total revenues. The remainder of our revenues has been primarily comprised of product revenue from the sale of pre-configured office phones. We do not develop, manufacturer, or otherwise touch the delivery of physical phones and offer it as a convenience for a total solution to our customers in connection with subscriptions to our services. We rely on third-party providers to develop and manufacture these devices and fulfillment partners to successfully serve our customers. In January 2016, we entered into a sales agency agreement with Westcon Group, Inc., or Westcon, a global distributor of communications devices, to provide directly most of the phones purchased by our customers. Under this new agreement, Westcon will provide phones directly to our customers instead of us purchasing phones from third-party vendors and then reselling the phones to our customers. We make significant upfront investments to acquire customers. Until 2010, we acquired most of our customer subscriptions through direct transactions on our website driven by online marketing channels. Beginning in 2010, in connection with our introduction of RingCentral Office, we established a direct, inside sales force. Since then, we have continued investing in our direct, inside sales force while also developing indirect sales channels to market our brand and our subscription offerings. Our indirect sales channel consists of a network of over 2,500 sales agents and resellers, including distributors such as Ingram Micro, Tech Data, Zones, and Jenne, as well as carrier partners including AT&T, TELUS, and BT, which we refer to collectively as resellers. We intend to 42 continue to foster this network and to expand our network with other resellers. Beginning in 2011, we also began expanding into more traditional forms of media advertising, such as radio and billboard advertising. Since its launch, our revenue growth has primarily been driven by our flagship RingCentral Office product offering, which has resulted in an increased number of customers, increased average software subscription revenue per customer, and increased retention of our existing customer and user base. We define a “customer” as one individual billing relationship for the subscription to our services, which generally correlates to one company account per customer. In the case of our carrier partners, who resell our product to multiple companies, we consider each reseller to be a single customer. We define a user as one person within a customer who has been granted a subscription license to use our services, such that the number of users per customer generally correlates closely to the number of employees within a customer account. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, AT&T, one of our resellers, accounted for 13% and 12% of our total revenues and 12% and 11% of our software subscriptions revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues. As of December 31, 2015, we had customers from industries including advertising, finance, healthcare, legal services, non-profit organizations, real estate, retail and technology. In October of 2013, we launched our United Kingdom operations, however for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the vast majority of our total revenues were generated in the U.S. and Canada, although we expect the percentage of our total revenues derived outside of the U.S. and Canada to grow as we expand internationally in the United Kingdom and beyond. The growth of our business and our future success depend on many factors, including our ability to expand our customer base to medium- sized and larger customers, continue to innovate, grow revenues from our existing customer base, expand our distribution channels and scale internationally. While these areas represent significant opportunities for us, they also pose risks and challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our operating results. We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, with total revenues of $296.2 million, $219.9 million and $160.5 million in fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, generating year- over-year increases of 35% and 37%, respectively. We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including those in sales and marketing, research and development, infrastructure and operations and incurred net losses of $32.1 million, $48.3 million and $46.1 million in fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Key Business Metrics In addition to generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, financial measures such as total revenues, gross margin and cash flows from operations, we regularly review a number of key business metrics to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance, and make strategic decisions. We discuss revenues and gross margin under “Results of Operations” and cash flow from operations under “Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Other key business metrics are discussed below. Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions We believe that our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions (ARR) is a leading indicator of our anticipated subscriptions revenues. We believe that trends in revenue are important to understanding the overall health of our marketplace, and we use these trends in order to formulate financial projections and make strategic business decisions. Our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions equals our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions multiplied by 12. Our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions equals the monthly value of all customer subscriptions in effect at the end of a given month. For example, our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2015 were $26.5 million. As such, our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2015 were $317.4 million compared to $237.5 million at December 31, 2014. RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions We calculate our RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions (Office ARR) in the same manner as we calculate our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions, except that only customer subscriptions from RingCentral Office customers are included when determining Monthly Recurring Subscriptions for the purposes of calculating this key business metric. RingCentral Office is our flagship product offering. We believe that trends in revenue with respect to RingCentral Office are also important to understanding the overall health of our marketplace, and we use these trends in order to formulate financial projections and make strategic business decisions. Our RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2015 were $247.4 million compared to $170.5 million at December 31, 2014. Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate We believe that our Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate provides insight into our ability to retain and grow software subscriptions revenue, as well as our customers’ potential long-term value to us. We believe that our ability to retain our 43 customers and expand their use of our solutions over time is a leading indicator of the stability of our revenue base and we use these trends in order to formulate financial projections and make strategic business decisions. We define our Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate as (i) one plus (ii) the quotient of Dollar Net Change divided by Average Dollar Monthly Recurring Subscriptions. We define Dollar Net Change as the quotient of (i) the difference of our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the end of a period minus our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the beginning of a period minus our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the end of the period from new customers we added during the period, (ii) all divided by the number of months in the period. We define our Average Monthly Recurring Subscriptions as the average of the Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the beginning and end of the measurement period. As an illustrative example, if our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions were $118 at the end of a quarterly period and $100 at the beginning of period, and $20 at the end of the period from new customers we added during the period, then the Dollar Net Change would be equal to ($0.67), or the amount equal to the difference of $118 minus $100 minus $20, all divided by three months. Our Average Monthly Recurring Subscriptions would equal $109, or the sum of $100 plus $118, divided by two. Our Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate would then equal 99.4%, or approximately 99%, or one plus the quotient of the Dollar Net Change divided by the Average Monthly Recurring Subscriptions. Our key business metrics for the five quarterly periods ended December 31, 2015 were as follows (dollars in millions): Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions Components of Results of Operations Revenues December 31, 2015 September 30, 2015 June 30, 2015 March 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 >99% 317.4 $ >99% 297.5 $ >99% 274.6 $ >99% 253.7 $ >99% 237.5 247.4 $ 227.7 $ 205.4 $ 185.4 $ 170.5 $ $ Our revenues for the years presented, consisted of software subscriptions and product revenues. Our software subscriptions revenue includes all fees billed in connection with subscriptions to our RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, RingCentral Fax, and RingCentral Contact Center. These fees include recurring fixed plan subscription fees, variable usage-based fees for usage in excess of plan limits, recurring administrative cost recovery fees, one-time fees and other recurring fees related to our subscriptions. We provide our subscriptions to our customers pursuant to contractual arrangements that range in duration from one month to three years. We provide our subscriptions to our customers pursuant to either “click through” online agreements for service terms up to one year or written agreements when the arrangement is expected to be one year or longer. We offer our subscriptions based on the functionalities and services selected by a customer, and generally our subscription arrangements automatically renew for additional period at the end of the initial subscription term. We believe that this flexibility in contract duration is important to meet the different needs of our customers. We generally bill our software subscription fees in advance. We recognize software subscription revenue over the term of the agreement, except for one-time fees, which we recognize ratably on a straight-line basis over the period of the estimated average customer life and for variable usage-based fees, which we recognize over the estimated usage period in a manner that approximates actual usage. Amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized for the period are reported as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet. Our software subscriptions revenue is primarily driven by recurring subscription solutions. Historically, we have acquired more new customers in the first and third quarters of a fiscal year. However, we have seen this trend become less pronounced as our business has grown, as sales of RingCentral Office have accounted for a higher percentage of our total revenues, and as we increase sales to larger customers. Our product revenue consists primarily of the sale of pre-configured office phones used in connection with our software subscriptions and include shipping and handling fees. Product revenue is billed at the time the order is received and recognized when the product has been delivered to the customer. We also have revenue from professional implementation services mainly for our larger customers. During the years presented, we sold our products as a convenience for a total solution to our customers when they subscribe to our services. Subsequent to year-end, we signed an agreement with Westcon Group, Inc., or Westcon, a global distributor of 44 communications devices. The new agreement will leverage Westcon’s capabilities to configure, sell and support physical phone devices to our customers. We will continue to serve our customers who would like to buy phones by acting as an agent on behalf of Westcon. Responsibility for fulfillment of the obligation, inventory, accounts receivable, and warranty service will be transferred to Westcon. Once implemented, most of the revenue for physical phones will be with Westcon and will no longer be on our consolidated statements of operations. Instead, we will receive a commission from Westcon for our referral of sales to them. The agreement is effective immediately and is expected to be implemented over the next few months. We will replace the Product Revenue line on our consolidated statements of operations with a line called “Other Revenue”, which will mainly include commission revenue as an agent of Westcon, professional implementation services mainly for our larger customers, residual product revenue during the intermediary period of phasing the inventory to Westcon, and a small amount of product revenues coming from subsidized phones that we may occasionally offer, particularly in competitive bidding process. We also generate software subscriptions and product revenues through sales of our subscriptions and products by resellers. When we assume a majority of the business risks associated with performance of the contractual obligations, we record the revenues on a gross basis and amounts retained by our resellers are recorded as sales and marketing expenses. Our assumption of such business risks is evidenced when, among other things, we take responsibility for delivery of the service or product, establish pricing of the arrangement, assume credit and inventory risk, and are the primary obligor in the arrangement. When a reseller assumes the majority of the business risks associated with the performance of the contractual obligations, we record the associated revenues at the net amount remitted to us by the reseller. Revenue from resellers has predominantly been recorded on a gross basis for all periods presented. Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin Our cost of software subscriptions revenue primarily consists of fees that we pay to third-party telecommunications providers, network operations, costs to build out and maintain data centers, including co-location fees for the right to place our servers in data centers owned by third parties, depreciation of equipment, along with related utilities and maintenance costs, personnel costs associated with customer care and support of the functionality of our platform and data center operations, including share-based compensation expenses, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology. We define software subscriptions gross margins as software subscriptions revenue minus the cost of software subscriptions revenue expressed as a percentage of software subscriptions revenue. We expect our software subscriptions gross margin to increase modestly over time, although it may fluctuate from period to period depending on all of these factors including seasonality. Cost of product revenue is comprised primarily of the cost associated with purchased phones, as well as personnel costs for contractors, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology related to the procurement, management, and shipment of phones. Operating Expenses We classify our operating expenses as research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new and expanded features for our products, integrations with distributors and other software platforms and improvements to our backend architecture. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for employees and contractors, including share-based compensation expenses, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology, software tools, amortization of acquired technology intangibles, and product certification. We expense research and development costs as incurred, except for certain internal-use software development costs that we capitalize. We believe that continued investment in our products is important for our future growth, and we expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future, although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenues from period to period depending on the timing of these expenses. Sales and marketing expenses are the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of personnel costs for employees and contractors directly associated with our sales and marketing activities, including share-based compensation expenses, internet advertising fees, radio and billboard advertising, public relations, commissions paid to employees, resellers and other third parties, trade shows, travel expenses, credit card fees, marketing and promotional activities, amortization of acquired customer relationship intangibles, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we expand our sales and marketing efforts domestically and internationally and continue to build our brand, although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenues from period to period depending on the timing of these expenses. 45 General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation expenses, for employees and contractors engaged in infrastructure and administrative activities to support the day-to-day operations of our business. Other significant components of general and administrative expenses include professional service fees, allocated costs of facilities and information technology, cost of compliance with certain government imposed taxes, and the costs of legal matters, business acquisition costs, and loss contingencies. We incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations, and professional services. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future, although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenues from period to period, depending on the timing of these expenses. Quarterly Revenue Trends Our software subscriptions revenue is primarily driven by recurring subscription services. Historically, we have acquired more new customers in the first and third quarters of a fiscal year. However, we have seen this trend become less pronounced as our business has grown, sales of RingCentral Office have accounted for a higher percentage of our total revenues, and as we move up-market to target and acquire larger customers. Quarterly Operating Expenses Trends Operating expenses are primarily driven by employee-related expenses and by sales and marketing programs, and have been relatively consistent as a percentage of revenues. We experience some seasonality in spending on sales and marketing as a percentage of revenue as we spend relatively less on marketing programs in the third and fourth quarters due to the summer and year-end vacation periods and November and December holidays. However, this trend may not continue as we acquire larger customers. Results of Operations The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of operations data and such data as a percentage of total revenues. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period (in thousands): Revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total revenues Cost of revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total cost of revenues Gross profit Operating expenses: Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Total operating expenses Loss from operations Other income (expense), net: Interest expense Other income (expense), net Other income (expense), net Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes Provision (benefit) for income taxes Net loss 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 $ $ 271,245 $ 24,983 296,228 66,354 20,917 87,271 208,957 52,924 139,851 47,114 239,889 (30,932 ) (1,123 ) (1,307 ) (2,430 ) (33,362 ) (1,263 ) (32,099 ) $ 200,098 $ 19,789 219,887 58,673 18,100 76,773 143,114 44,582 104,827 38,910 188,319 (45,205 ) (2,007 ) (1,031 ) (3,038 ) (48,243 ) 97 (48,340 ) $ 145,995 14,510 160,505 47,230 14,289 61,519 98,986 33,399 72,336 34,284 140,019 (41,033 ) (5,384 ) 274 (5,110 ) (46,143 ) (45 ) (46,098 ) 46 Percentage of Total Revenues Revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total revenues Cost of revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total cost of revenues Gross margin Operating expenses: Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Total operating expenses Loss from operations Other income (expense), net: Interest expense Other income (expense), net Other income (expense), net Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes Provision (benefit) for income taxes Net loss Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013: Revenues 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 92 % 8 100 91 % 9 100 22 7 29 71 18 47 16 81 (10 ) — — — (10 ) — (10 )% 27 8 35 65 20 48 18 86 (21 ) (1 ) — (1 ) (22 ) — (22 )% 91 % 9 100 29 9 38 62 21 45 21 87 (26 ) (3 ) — (3 ) (29 ) — (29 )% (in thousands, except percentages) Revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total revenues Percentage of revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31, 2015 2014 $ Change % Change 2014 2013 $ Change % Change $ 271,245 $ 200,098 $ 71,147 5,194 $ 296,228 $ 219,887 $ 76,341 19,789 24,983 36 % $ 200,098 $ 145,995 $ 54,103 26 % 5,279 35 % $ 219,887 $ 160,505 $ 59,382 14,510 19,789 37 % 36 % 37 % 92 % 8 100 % 91 % 9 100 % 91 % 9 100 % 91 % 9 100 % Software subscriptions revenue increased by $71.1 million and $54.1 million or 36% and 37% from fiscal years 2014 to 2015 and from 2013 to 2014, respectively. The increases from fiscal years 2014 to 2015 and from 2013 to 2014 were primarily due to the acquisition of new customers and an increase in the number of users within our existing customer base. In addition, our software subscriptions revenue mix contained a higher proportion of RingCentral Office customers in each successive period, which carry a higher monthly subscription rate versus our other product offerings. While the acquisition of new customers and the increase in the number of users within our existing customer base were the primary reasons for the increase, the trends for these factors have varied from period to period as some customers made a small initial user subscription followed by larger additional user subscriptions, while other customers made a large initial user subscription followed by smaller additional user subscriptions. In addition, the period of time between a customer’s initial subscription and the purchase of additional subscriptions also varied significantly, ranging from one month to a few years. The overall growth in our customer base was primarily driven by increased brand awareness of our products, driven by increases in our sales and marketing expenditures of 33% and 45% from 2014 to 2015 and from 2013 to 2014, respectively, which include advertising and sales personnel expenditures that we believe helped to facilitate increased customer acceptance of our products. 47 Product revenue increased by $5.2 million and $5.3 million, or 26% and 36%, period over period, from fiscal years 2014 to 2015 and from 2013 to 2014, respectively. The increases were primarily due to increased phone sales driven by the growth of new customers of RingCentral Office that use physical phones. Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin (in thousands, except percentages) Cost of revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total cost of revenues Percentage of revenues: Software subscriptions Product Gross margins: Software subscriptions Product Total gross margin % Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31, 2015 2014 $ Change % Change 2014 2013 $ Change % Change $ 66,354 $ 58,673 $ 18,100 7,681 2,817 $ 87,271 $ 76,773 $ 10,498 20,917 13 % $ 58,673 $ 47,230 $ 11,443 3,811 16 % 14 % $ 76,773 $ 61,519 $ 15,254 14,289 18,100 24 % 27 % 25 % 22 % 7 % 76 % 16 % 71 % 27 % 8 % 71 % 9 % 65 % 27 % 8 % 71 % 9 % 65 % 29 % 9 % 68 % 2 % 62 % Cost of software subscriptions revenue increased by $7.7 million, or 13%, from fiscal years 2014 to 2015. The increase from fiscal years 2014 to 2015 were primarily due to an increase of $6.0 million in personnel costs for employees and contractors, including increased share-based compensation expenses of $0.8 million and an increase of $0.7 million in depreciation expenses. The increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors were primarily due to an increase of 16% in ending average headcount. The higher depreciation charges reflect increased deployment of hardware to enhance our ability to carry our own telecommunications traffic in certain regional markets. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described herein were driven primarily by investments in our infrastructure and capacity to improve the availability of our subscription offerings, while also supporting the growth in new customers and increased usage of our subscriptions by our existing customer base. Cost of software subscriptions revenue increased by $11.4 million, or 24%, from fiscal years 2013 to 2014. The increase from fiscal years 2013 to 2014 was primarily due to an increase of $4.7 million in personnel costs for employees and contractors, including increased share-based compensation expenses of $0.8 million, an increase of $3.6 million in third-party telecommunications service provider fees, and an increase of $0.5 million in depreciation expenses. Average ending headcount for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 was flat from 2013 to 2014. The higher personnel costs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the prior year were primarily due to a higher percentage mix of full-time employees versus contractors. The higher third-party telecommunications service provider fees were a function of higher call traffic generated by our growing customer base. The higher depreciation charges reflect increased deployment of hardware to enhance our ability to carry our own telecommunications traffic in certain regional markets. The increase in headcount and other expense categories described herein were driven primarily by investments in our infrastructure and capacity to improve the availability of our subscription offerings, while also supporting the growth in new customers and increased usage of our subscriptions by our existing customer base. Cost of product revenue increased by $2.8 million and $3.8 million, or 16% and 27%, from fiscal years 2014 to 2015 and from 2013 to 2014, respectively. The increases from fiscal years 2014 to 2015 and from 2013 to 2014 were due to increases in phone sales, which were primarily driven by the growth in new RingCentral Office customers that use physical phones. Our total gross margin percentages were 71%, 65% and 62% for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively and improved sequentially year over year primarily due to improvements in our software subscription gross margins. The sequential improvements in software subscription gross margin, period over period, were primarily due to a reduction in unit fees that we paid to third-party telecommunications service providers, and economies of scale in our operations personnel and infrastructure. The sequential improvements in product gross margin, period over period, were primarily due to better inventory management and fewer customer discounts given on our phones. 48 Research and Development (in thousands, except percentages) Research and development Percentage of total revenues Year Ended December 31, 2015 2014 Year Ended December 31, $ 52,924 $ 44,582 $ 20 % 18 % 8,342 20 % 21 % $ Change % Change 2013 19 % $ 44,582 $ 33,399 $ 11,183 $ Change % Change 33 % 2014 Research and development expenses increased by $8.3 million, or 19%, from fiscal years 2014 to 2015. The increases from fiscal years 2014 to 2015 was primarily due to increases in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.9 million, including increased share-based compensation expenses of $2.0 million, a $1.3 million charge related to certain software for internal use that is no longer usable, and $0.4 million of intangibles amortization expense from the acquisition of Glip. The higher personnel costs, period over period, from fiscal years 2014 to 2015, were primarily due to a 17% increase in ending average headcount. The increases in research and development headcount were in support of the development of additional software development projects for our cloud-based and mobile applications. Research and development expenses increased by $11.2 million, or 33%, from fiscal years 2013 to 2014. The increases from fiscal years 2013 to 2014 were primarily due to increases in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $10.4 million, including increased share-based compensation expenses of $1.8 million. The higher personnel costs, period over period, from fiscal years 2013 to 2014, were primarily due to a 12% increase in ending average headcount. The increases in research and development headcount were in support of the development of additional software development projects for our cloud-based and mobile applications. We expect research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in future software development projects for our cloud-based and mobile applications. Sales and Marketing (in thousands, except percentages) Sales and marketing Percentage of total revenues Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31, 2015 2014 $ 139,851 $ 104,827 $ 35,024 $ Change % Change 2013 33 % $ 104,827 $ 72,336 $ 32,491 $ Change % Change 45 % 2014 47 % 48 % 48 % 45 % Sales and marketing expenses increased by $35.0 million, or 33%, from fiscal years 2014 to 2015. These increases were primarily due to increases in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $15.9 million, including higher share-based compensation expenses of $1.9 million, increases in other sales and marketing related activities of $15.1 million, and increases of $0.2 million of intangibles amortization expense from the acquisition of Glip. The higher personnel costs, period over period, from fiscal years 2014 to 2015, were primarily due to 19% increases in ending average headcount. We hired additional sales personnel to focus on adding new customers, including larger sized customers, and increasing penetration within our existing customer base. The increases in other sales and marketing related activities, period over period, from fiscal years 2014 to 2015, were primarily due to increases in third-party resellers sales commissions of $6.2 million and increases in internet advertising costs of $6.4 million. The increases in sales and marketing headcount and other expense categories described herein were necessary to support our growth strategy to acquire new customers and establish brand recognition to achieve greater penetration into the North American and United Kingdom markets. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $32.5 million, or 45%, from fiscal years 2013 to 2014. These increases were primarily due to increases in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $15.6 million, including higher share-based compensation expenses of $3.9 million, and increases in other sales and marketing related activities of $13.3 million. The higher personnel costs, period over period, from 2013 to 2014, were primarily due to 16% increases in ending average headcount. We hired additional sales personnel to focus on adding new customers and increasing penetration within our existing customer base. The increases in other sales and marketing related activities, period over period, from fiscal years 2013 to 2014, were primarily due to increases in third-party resellers sales commissions of $5.7 million and increases in internet advertising costs of $4.2 million. The increases in sales and marketing headcount and other expense categories described herein were necessary to support our growth strategy to acquire new customers and establish brand recognition to achieve greater penetration into the North American and United Kingdom markets. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to expand our presence in North America, the United Kingdom and other markets. 49 General and Administrative (in thousands, except percentages) General and administrative Percentage of total revenues Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31, 2015 2014 $ Change % Change 2014 2013 $ 47,114 $ 38,910 $ 18 % 16 % 8,204 21 % $ 38,910 $ 34,284 $ 21 % 18 % $ Change % Change 13 % 4,626 General and administrative expenses increased by $8.2 million, or 21%, from fiscal years 2014 to 2015. The increase was primarily due to increases in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $4.5 million, including higher share-based compensation expenses of $1.8 million, increases in fees for professional services of $1.8 million, and $0.8 million of acquisition related costs from the acquisition of Glip. The increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors were primarily due to an increase of 12% in ending average headcount. General and administrative expenses increased by $4.6 million, or 13%, from fiscal years 2013 to 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $6.8 million in the current period offset by legal contingency charges of $3.1 million recorded in fiscal year 2013 that was not recurring. The legal contingency charges were related to the CallWave legal settlement matter, which was settled and paid out during fiscal year 2013. The $6.8 million increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors, including share-based compensation expenses of $1.4 million were primarily due to an increase of 24% in ending average headcount. The increase in headcount was a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange and costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. We expect general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to make additional investments in processes and personnel to support our anticipated revenue growth and to comply with our public company reporting obligations. Other Income (expense), net (in thousands, except percentages) Interest expense Other income (expense), net Other income (expense), net Year Ended December 31, 2015 2014 Year Ended December 31, 2014 2013 $ $ (1,123 ) $ (1,307 ) (2,430 ) $ $ Change % Change 884 (276 ) 608 (2,007 ) $ (1,031 ) (3,038 ) $ (44 )% $ 27 % (20 )% $ (2,007 ) $ (1,031 ) (3,038 ) $ $ Change % Change 3,377 (1,305 ) 2,072 (63 )% (476 )% (41 )% (5,384 ) $ 274 (5,110 ) $ Other income (expense), net, decreased by $0.6 million from fiscal 2014 to 2015 primarily due to lower interest expense offset by higher foreign currency losses. The decrease in interest expense is a result of lower balances of debt outstanding. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there was $18.6 million and $24.6 million of total debt outstanding, respectively. For the year ended 2014, the Company incurred foreign currency transaction losses of $1.1 million and for the year ended 2015, the Company incurred foreign currency transaction losses of $1.4 million. Other income (expense), net, decreased by $2.1 million from fiscal 2013 to 2014 primarily due to lower interest expense partially offset by foreign currency transaction losses. The decrease in interest expense was driven by $1.8 million loss on the early payment of debt incurred in 2013 combined with lower interest rates due to the refinancing of certain debt obligations in December 2013. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was $24.6 million and $34.2 million of total debt outstanding, respectively. For the year ended 2013, the Company incurred foreign currency transaction gains of $0.2 million, and for the year ended 2014, the Company incurred foreign currency transaction losses of $1.1 million. Liquidity and Capital Resources As of December 31, 2015, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $137.6 million. Our cash and cash equivalents are comprised primarily of money market funds. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through proceeds from our initial public offering (IPO) completed in October 2013, proceeds from our secondary public offering completed in March 2014, and sales to our customers. We believe that our existing liquidity sources will satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. 50 A majority of our customers are on 30-day subscription periods and billed at the beginning of each subscription period via credit card. Some of our customers enter into subscription periods longer than 30 days. An increasing number of our customers are invoiced net 30 days, and billed for longer periods up to a year. Deferred revenue consists of the unearned portion of billed fees for our software subscriptions, which we recognize as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had deferred revenue of $36.7 million and $25.6 million, respectively. We will recognize this deferred revenue when all of the revenue recognition criteria are met. As of December 31, 2015, the carrying value of the bank loans totaled $18.6 million. The balance consists of $7.8 million under a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, and $10.8 million under a revolving line of credit pursuant to an amended loan and security agreement with SVB dated August 14, 2013, or Amended SVB Credit Agreement. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including revenue growth and costs incurred to support customer growth, international expansion, research and development, increased general and administrative expenses to support the anticipated growth in our operations, including being a public company, capital equipment required to support our growing headcount and equipment required in connection with our co-location data center facilities. Our capital expenditures in future periods are expected to grow in line with our business. To the extent that existing cash, cash equivalents and cash generated from operations are not sufficient to fund our future operations and capital expenditures, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or additional bank or other debt financing. Although we currently are not a party to any agreement and do not have any understanding with any third parties with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing which may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all. The table below, for the periods indicated, provides selected cash flow information (in thousands): Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities Net cash provided by financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 $ $ 5,086 $ 6,366 12,637 317 24,406 $ (11,430 ) $ (46,661 ) 54,787 108 (3,196 ) $ (23,771 ) (10,919 ) 113,233 (29 ) 78,514 Cash used in operating activities is influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business, the increase in the number of customers using our cloud-based software, and the amount and timing of customer payments. Cash used in operating activities has historically come from net losses offset by non-cash expense items, such as depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, and share-based compensation, as well as working capital sources of cash driven by increases in deferred revenue, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. As we continue to invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business, we expect to continue to use cash in our operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a use of cash of $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to a $32.1 million net loss, which was more than offset by $37.1 million in net non-cash expense items. Included in net non-cash expense items was $22.1 million in share-based compensation, $13.5 million in depreciation and amortization, and a $1.3 million charge of the Company’s fixed assets offset by a $1.4 million non-cash benefit item related to the Glip acquisition. Due to the Glip acquisition, a deferred tax liability was established for the book-tax basis difference related to acquired intangibles. The net deferred tax liability from acquisitions provided an additional source of income to support the realizability of our pre-existing deferred tax asset and as a result, we released a portion of the valuation allowance that was established in the previous year and recorded a one-time tax benefit of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Total working capital was relatively flat period over period, as increases in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses were offset by increases in deferred revenue, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities. Net cash used in operating activities was $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to funding a $48.3 million net loss, a $4.6 million increase in accounts receivable, a $3.6 million increase in prepaid and other current assets, and a $1.0 million increase in other assets. These uses of cash were offset by $26.3 million in non-cash expense items, 51 including depreciation and amortization and share based compensation expenses and a net $19.9 million change in other working capital accounts. The changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities result primarily from the timing of payments to our vendors and the growth of our business. The net loss and non-cash expense items reflect the investments we have made in our business and infrastructure to support expected future growth. The higher deferred revenue and higher accounts receivable balances reflect the overall growth in our business with larger customers and resellers. Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to purchase equipment necessary to support our data center facilities and our network and other operations. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures to continue to increase. Net cash provided by investing activities was $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a use of cash of $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to $28.1 million in proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale short-term investments partially offset by $17.1 million in purchases of property and equipment and capitalized internal-use software and the $4.7 million cash consideration portion paid for the acquisition of Glip. Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 changed approximately $53.0 million from the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to timing of purchases and maturities of available-for-sale investments. Net cash used in investing activities was $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was due to $28.7 million in purchases of available-for- sale securities and $18.0 million in purchases of property and equipment and capitalized internal-use software. Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 changed approximately $35.7 million from the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to purchases of available-for-sale securities. Additional investments in capital equipment are necessary to support additional capacity in our platform to support our increasing customer base, as well to support the increase in headcount levels in all functions of our business. We invested a portion of our cash in investment grade short-term investments in order to generate higher returns on our investment portfolio all of which matured during the year ended December 31, 2015. Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities Net cash provided by financing activities was $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $54.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to $19.5 million in proceeds from issuance of stock in connection with our stock plans partially offset by $6.7 million in repayment of debt and capital lease obligations. Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2015 changed approximately $42.2 million from the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to $56.0 million in proceeds from our secondary public offering of common stock that occurred in March 2014 (net of underwriters’ discounts, commissions and offering expenses paid by us). Net cash provided by financing activities was $54.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $113.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to $56.0 million in proceeds from our secondary public offering of common stock that occurred in March 2014 (net of underwriters’ discounts, commissions and offering expenses paid by us) and $9.5 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options in connection with our stock plans. These sources of cash were partially offset by $10.6 million in repayment of debt and capital lease obligations. Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2014 decreased by $58.4 million from the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to $99.3 million in proceeds raised from our initial public offering in October 2013 (net of underwriters’ discounts, commissions and offering expenses paid by us) and $56.0 million in proceeds from our secondary public offering in March 2014 (net of underwriters’ discounts and commissions and offering expenses paid by us). Sources of cash from bank borrowings decreased period over period as we did not borrow any money during the fiscal year ended 2014. Principal repayments of debt decreased period over period as we refinanced certain outstanding debt on December 31, 2013. Backlog We generally signed monthly and annual contracts for our subscriptions. The timing of our invoices to our customers is a negotiated term and thus varies among our subscription contracts. For multiple-year agreements, it is common to invoice an initial amount at contract signing followed by subsequent annual invoices. At any point in the contract term, there can be amounts that we 52 have not yet been contractually able to invoice, which constitutes backlog. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced, we do not recognize them as revenues, unearned revenue or elsewhere in our consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, we believe that fluctuations in backlog are not a reliable indicator of future revenues and we do not utilize backlog as a key management metric internally. Contractual Obligations The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands): Operating lease obligations Capital lease obligations, including interest Short and long-term debt obligations, including interest Purchase obligations Total Payments due by period Less than 1 year 1 to 3 years 3 to 5 years More than 5 years $ $ 5,383 $ 301 4,379 36,369 46,432 $ 10,002 $ 185 15,140 — 25,327 $ 7,692 $ — — — 7,692 $ 2,072 $ — — — 2,072 $ Total 25,149 486 19,519 36,369 81,523 Purchase obligations represent an estimate of all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the normal course of business for which we have not received the goods or services as of December 31, 2015. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, except for our purchase orders with our inventory suppliers, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. Our purchase orders with our inventory suppliers are non-cancellable. In addition, we have other obligations for goods and services that we enter into in the normal course of business. These obligations, however, are either not enforceable or legally binding, or are subject to change based on our business decisions. The aggregate of these items represents our estimate of purchase obligations. Silicon Valley Bank Credit Facility Under the Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, agreement, the Company has one outstanding growth capital term loan (i.e., “the 2013 term loan”) and a revolving line of credit. The Company borrowed an additional growth capital loan in March 2012 (the “2012 term loan”) that has since been repaid. The 2012 term loan was borrowed in March 2012 with a principal amount of $8.0 million, which was repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. Under the 2012 term loan, interest was paid monthly and accrued at a floating rate based on the Company’s option of the (i) prime rate plus a margin of 0.25% or 0.50% or (ii) adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, two, three or six-month interest periods) plus a margin of 3.25% or 3.50%, in each case such margin was determined based on cash balances maintained with SVB. The Company elected the prime rate option and, based on cash balances maintained with SVB, the interest rate was 3.50%. Upon maturity, a final terminal payment equal to 0.5% of the original loan principal, or $40,000, was due at maturity. The 2012 term loan matured in March 2015 and was repaid in full. The 2013 term loan was borrowed on December 31, 2013 with a principal amount of $15.0 million, which is being repaid in 48 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. Interest is due monthly and accrues at a floating rate based on the Company’s option of an annual rate of either the (i) prime rate plus a margin of 0.75% or 1.00% or (ii) adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, two, three or six-month interest periods) plus a margin of 3.75% or 4.00%, in each case such margin being determined based on cash balances maintained with SVB. The Company elected the prime rate option and based on cash balances maintained with SVB at December 31, 2015, the current interest rate is 4.00%. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding principal balance of the 2013 term loan was $7.8 million. Approximately $4.1 million of the remaining principal balance is classified as non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as this portion of the remaining principal balance is due beyond December 31, 2016. The revolving line of credit provides for a maximum borrowing of up to $15.0 million subject to limits based on the outstanding principal balance of the 2012 term loan and recurring software subscription revenue amounts as defined in the agreement. The recurring software subscription revenue requirement is not expected to limit the amount of borrowings available under the line of credit. Under the line of credit, interest is paid monthly and accrues at a floating rate based on the Company’s option of the (i) prime rate plus a margin of 0.25% or 0.50% or (ii) adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, two, three or six-month interest periods) plus a margin of 3.25% or 3.50%, in each case such margin being determined based on cash balances maintained with SVB. The Company elected the prime rate option and based on cash balances maintained with SVB at December 31, 2015, the current interest rate is 3.50%. On August 11, 2015, the Company amended the terms of the SVB Agreement extending the maturity of the revolving line of credit from August 13, 2015 to August 14, 2017. The outstanding principal balance is classified as non-current liabilities in the 53 accompanying consolidated balance sheet as the principal balance is due beyond December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding principal balance and the available borrowing capacity of the line of credit were $10.8 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The Company has pledged all of its assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure its obligations under the SVB agreement. The SVB agreement contains customary negative covenants that limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate. The SVB agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants, including requirements to, among other things, (i) maintain minimum cash balances representing the greater of $10.0 million or three times the Company’s quarterly cash burn rate, as defined in the agreement, and (ii) maintain minimum EBITDA levels, as determined in accordance with the agreement. On March 30, 2015, the Company adjusted certain financial covenant thresholds to expand its ability to invest in certain foreign subsidiaries and property and equipment. The Company was in compliance with all covenants under its credit agreement with SVB as of December 31, 2015. TriplePoint Capital Credit Facility Under the equipment loan and security agreement with TriplePoint, the Company borrowed equipment term loans with aggregate principal of $9.7 million in August 2012. The equipment term loans were being repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrued at an annual fixed rate of 5.75% however, the Company repaid the equipment term loans in full in March 2015. Upon maturity, a final terminal payment was due at maturity equal to 10% of the original loan principal, or $1.0 million. Indemnification Obligations Certain of our agreements with sales agents, resellers and customers include provisions for indemnification against liabilities if our products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnification provisions and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015. Contingencies Legal Proceedings We are subject to certain legal proceedings from time to time and may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating to contractual disputes, intellectual property rights, employment matters, regulatory compliance matters, and other litigation matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of business. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing specific litigation and regulatory matters using reasonably available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Legal fees are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no significant ongoing legal matters and we did not have any accrued liabilities recorded for such loss contingencies. Sales Tax Liability During 2010 and 2011, we increased our sales and marketing activities in the U.S., which may be asserted by a number of states to create an obligation under nexus regulations to collect sales taxes on sales to customers in such state. Prior to 2012, we did not collect sales taxes from our customers on sales in all states. In the second quarter of 2012, we commenced collecting and remitting sales taxes on sales in all states. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we recorded a long-term sales tax liability of $3.7 million and $4.0 million, respectively, based on our best estimate of the probable liability for the loss contingency incurred prior to the second quarter of 2012. Our estimate of a probable outcome under the loss contingency is based on analysis of our sales and marketing activities, revenues subject to sales tax, and applicable regulations in each state in each period. No significant adjustments to the long-term sales tax liability have been recognized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for changes to the assumptions underlying the estimate. Employee Agreements We have signed various employment agreements with executives and key employees pursuant to which if we terminate their employment without cause or if the employee does so for good reason following a change of control of our company, the employees are entitled to receive certain benefits, including severance payments, accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units (RSUs) and continued COBRA coverage. As of December 31, 2015, no triggering events which would cause these provisions to 54 become effective have occurred. Therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these agreements in the consolidated financial statements. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements Through December 31, 2015, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. or U.S. GAAP. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by U.S. GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application. In other cases, management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that provide for different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts we report as assets, liabilities, revenues, costs, and expenses, and affect the related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, our actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates. Revenue Recognition We derive our revenues from two sources: · · Software subscriptions revenue, which is generated from the sale of subscriptions to our SaaS applications and related services, which have contractual terms typically ranging from one month to three years, and include recurring fixed plan subscription fees, recurring administrative cost recovery fees, variable usage-based fees for blocks of additional minutes purchased in advance and one-time upfront fees; and Product revenue, which is generated from the sale of pre-configured office phones used in connection with our subscriptions and include shipping and handling fees. We recognize revenues when the following criteria are met: · · · · there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; the subscription service is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered; the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable. Revenue under subscription plans are recognized as follows: · · · fixed plan subscription and administrative cost recovery fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over their contractual subscription term; fees for additional minutes of usage in excess of plan limits are recognized over the estimated usage period in a manner which approximates actual usage; and one-time upfront fees are initially deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated average customer life. Product revenue is billed at the time the order is received and recognized when the product has been delivered to the customer. We frequently enter into arrangements with multiple deliverables that generally include services to be provided under the subscription plan and the sale of products used in connection with our software subscriptions. We allocate the consideration to each deliverable in a multiple-element arrangement based upon its relative selling prices. We determine the selling price for each deliverable using vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price or third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if it 55 exists. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists for a deliverable, we use our best estimated selling price, or BESP, for that deliverable. Consideration allocated to each deliverable, limited to the amount not contingent on future performance, are then recognized to revenue when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for the respective deliverable. We determine VSOE of fair value based on historical standalone sales to customers. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling prices for a product or software subscription fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range of the median selling price. VSOE exists for all of our SaaS subscription plans. We use BESP as the selling price for product sales as we are not able to determine VSOE or TPE from the observable pricing data of standalone sales. We estimate BESP for a product by considering company-specific factors such as pricing strategies, direct product and other costs, and bundling and discounting practices. We also generate software subscriptions and product revenues through sales of our software subscriptions and products by resellers. When we assume a majority of the business risks associated with performance of the contractual obligations, we record the revenues on a gross basis and amounts retained by our resellers are recorded as sales and marketing expenses. Our assumption of such business risks is evidenced when, among other things, we take responsibility for delivery of the product or software subscription, establish pricing of the arrangement, assume credit and inventory risk, and are the primary obligor in the arrangement. When a reseller assumes the majority of the business risks associated with the performance of the contractual obligations, we record the associated revenues at the net amount received from the reseller. We recognize revenues from our resellers when the following criteria are met: · · · · persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists through a contract with the customer; the subscription is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered; the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and the collection of the fees is reasonably assured. Our deliverables sold through our reseller agreements consist of our software subscriptions and products. We recognize software subscriptions sold through our resellers on a straight-line basis over the period the underlying subscriptions are provided to the end customer. Products sold through resellers are shipped directly to the end customer and are recognized when title transfers to the end customer. Revenue from resellers has predominantly been recorded on a gross basis for all periods presented. We record reductions to revenue for estimated sales returns and customer credits at the time the related revenue is recognized. Sales returns and customer credits are estimated based on our historical experience, current trends and our expectations regarding future experience. We monitor the accuracy of our sales reserve estimates by reviewing actual returns and credits and adjust them for our future expectations to determine the adequacy of our current and future reserve needs. If actual future returns and credits differ from past experience, additional reserves may be required. Capitalized Internal-Use Software Development Costs We use significant judgment in determining whether certain internal-use software development costs are capitalized or expensed and over what period the amounts capitalized should be amortized to expense. We capitalize internal-use software development costs related to our SaaS applications that are incurred during the application development stage provided that it is probable the project will be successfully completed and such costs will be recovered from future revenues. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life starting when the underlying project is ready for its intended use, generally three to four years. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment when events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company determined that due to delays in the development and failure to achieve significant milestones by a third party supplier, certain software for internal use was no longer usable, and recorded a $1.3 million charge to the consolidated statements of operations. We capitalized $2.1 million and $0.7 million, net of impairment, of internal-use software development costs during fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively. The carrying value of internal-use software development costs, net of amortization, was $2.6 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Share-Based Compensation We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock options, restricted stock unit awards (RSUs) and purchase rights under our employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) granted to our employees and directors, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. We use the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards and purchase rights under our employee stock purchase plan. The fair value is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award on a straight-line basis. We believe that the fair 56 value of stock options and RSUs granted to non-employees is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. As such, the fair value of the unvested portion of the options granted to non-employees is re-measured each period. The resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered. For RSUs, fair value is based on the adjusted closing price of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange at the grant date. Our option-pricing model which is used to value stock options and purchase rights under our ESPP, requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows: · Fair Value of Common Stock. Prior to our initial public offering (IPO) which was completed on October 2 2013, our board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each meeting at which awards were approved. The factors included, but were not limited to: contemporaneous third-party valuations of our common stock; the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our Preferred Stock relative to those of our common stock; the lack of marketability of our common stock; our operational and financial performance; the nature of our services and our competitive position in the marketplace; our assessment of current and future economic and business conditions; the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors, including similarity to us with respect to industry and business model; and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions. For financial reporting purposes, the Company also considered contemporaneous valuations of common stock prepared for dates subsequent to the grant date. For certain option grants in 2012 and 2013 that occurred on an interim date between valuation dates, the fair value of common stock used in the option-pricing model to measure share-based compensation for the period exceeded the exercise price. Since our IPO, we have used the adjusted closing price for our Class A common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. Stock options granted prior to our IPO are described further in the Critical Accounting Policies section of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation filed in our prospectus dated on September 26, 2013. · Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that approximates the expected term of the option or the purchase rights under our ESPP. · Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Prior to the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company did not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise behavior, the expected term for options issued to employees was calculated as the mean of the option vesting period and the contractual term (i.e., the “Simplified Method”). Beginning the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company began incorporating historical data, assigning a 25% weighting to the Company’s historical data and a 75% weighting to the Simplified Method estimate. In the fourth quarter of 2015, 50% of the Company’s historical data was weighted with 50% of the Simplified Method. The expected term for options issued to non- employees was the contractual term. · Volatility. The expected stock price volatility of common stock was derived from the historical volatilities of a peer group of similar publicly traded companies over a period that approximates the expected term of the option. Beginning the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company incorporated its own historical volatility assigning a 25% weighting to the Company’s historical volatility and a 75% weighting to the historical volatilities of a peer group of similarly traded companies. In the fourth quarter of 2015, 50% of the Company’s historical volatility was weighted with 50% of the Company’s peer group volatilities. · Dividend Yield. The expected dividend yield was 0% as the Company has not declared a cash dividend, nor paid, and do not expect to pay, cash dividends. The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented: Expected term for employees (in years) Expected term for non-employees (in years) Expected volatility Risk-free interest rate Expected dividend yield 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 4.8 7.0 48 % 1.22 % 0 % 4.6 7.0 48 % 1.41 % 0 % 6.1 10.0 54 % 1.68 % 0 % 57 In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, we also estimate a forfeiture rate used in the calculation of the share-based compensation for our equity awards and ESPP. Our forfeiture rate is generally based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover, and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our share-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the share-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the share-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our share-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to the acquisition and trading of our Class A common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future share-based compensation expense. Recent Accounting Pronouncements For a summary of recent accounting pronouncements and the anticipated effects on our consolidated financial statements, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated by reference herein. 58 ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. Foreign Currency Risk Our functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Most of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore our net revenue is not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. Our operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, which are primarily in the U.S., Canada, the Philippines, Russia, Ukraine, U.K., China, Netherlands, and Switzerland. In 2015, we formed wholly owned subsidiaries in Singapore, Ireland, Spain, and Hong Kong. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments. During fiscal 2015, the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would have had an impact of approximately $4.6 million on our consolidated financial statements. During fiscal 2014, the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would have had an impact of approximately $1.0 million on our consolidated financial statements. Interest Rate Sensitivity We had cash and cash equivalents of $137.6 million and $113.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. We hold our cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash and short-term money market funds. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future interest income. During fiscal 2015 and 2014, the effect of a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in overall interest rates would not have had a material impact on our interest income for either period. In addition, as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had approximately $18.6 million and $23.0 million in short and long-term debt with variable interest rate components, respectively. During fiscal 2015 and 2014, a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would have had a $1.9 million and $2.3 million impact on our interest expense, respectively. 59 ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA RINGCENTRAL, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets Consolidated Statements of Operations Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 60 Page 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The Board of Directors and Stockholders RingCentral, Inc.: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of RingCentral, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). /s/ KPMG LLP Santa Clara, California February 29, 2016 61 RINGCENTRAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except par value per share) December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents Short-term investments Accounts receivable, net Inventory Prepaid expenses and other current assets Total current assets Property and equipment, net Goodwill Acquired intangibles, net Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Accrued liabilities Current portion of capital lease obligation Current portion of long-term debt Deferred revenue Total current liabilities Long-term debt Sales tax liability Capital lease obligation Other long-term liabilities Total liabilities Commitments and contingencies (Note 6) Stockholders' equity: Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2015 and 2014; 58,480 and 50,770 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014 Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 250,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2015 and 2014; 13,483 and 17,789 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014 Additional paid-in capital Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) Accumulated deficit Total stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ $ $ $ 137,588 $ — 19,163 2,317 11,978 171,046 28,160 9,393 3,266 2,948 214,813 $ 5,196 $ 34,702 269 3,750 36,657 80,574 14,840 3,670 181 5,416 104,681 113,182 28,479 7,651 1,710 8,767 159,789 25,527 — — 3,021 188,337 4,181 29,236 509 16,764 25,586 76,276 7,813 3,953 535 3,255 91,832 6 5 1 319,792 527 (210,194 ) 110,132 214,813 $ 2 274,844 (251 ) (178,095 ) 96,505 188,337 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 62 RINGCENTRAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except per share data) Revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total revenues Cost of revenues: Software subscriptions Product Total cost of revenues Gross profit Operating expenses: Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Total operating expenses Loss from operations Other income (expense), net: Interest expense Other income (expense), net Other income (expense), net Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes Provision (benefit) for income taxes Net loss Net loss per common share: Basic and diluted Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share: Basic and diluted Year ended December 31, 2015 2014 2013 271,245 $ 24,983 296,228 66,354 20,917 87,271 208,957 52,924 139,851 47,114 239,889 (30,932 ) (1,123 ) (1,307 ) (2,430 ) (33,362 ) (1,263 ) (32,099 ) $ 200,098 $ 19,789 219,887 58,673 18,100 76,773 143,114 44,582 104,827 38,910 188,319 (45,205 ) (2,007 ) (1,031 ) (3,038 ) (48,243 ) 97 (48,340 ) $ 145,995 14,510 160,505 47,230 14,289 61,519 98,986 33,399 72,336 34,284 140,019 (41,033 ) (5,384 ) 274 (5,110 ) (46,143 ) (45 ) (46,098 ) (0.46 ) $ (0.72 ) $ (1.39 ) 70,069 66,818 33,155 $ $ $ See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 63 RINGCENTRAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (in thousands) Net loss Other comprehensive loss: Foreign currency translation adjustments, net Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities Comprehensive loss, net of taxes Year ended December 31, 2015 2014 2013 (32,099 ) $ (48,340 ) $ (46,098 ) 561 217 (31,321 ) $ 276 (217 ) (48,281 ) $ (225 ) — (46,323 ) $ $ See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 64 RINGCENTRAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (in thousands) Convertible Additional Accumulated Other Total Balance as of December 31, 2012 Issuance of common stock upon exercise and early exercise of stock options Issuance of common stock for legal settlement Issuance of preferred stock warrants in connection with a debt agreement Reclassification of preferred stock warrant Conversion of preferred stock into common stock in connection with IPO Issuance of common stock in connection with IPO (net of issuance costs of $11,809) Share-based compensation Changes in comprehensive loss Net Loss Balance as of December 31, 2013 Issuance of common stock in connection with Secondary Offering (net of issuance costs of $1,050) Issuance of common stock in connection with Equity Incentive and Employee Stock Purchase plans Share-based compensation Changes in comprehensive loss Net Loss Balance as of December 31, 2014 Issuance of common stock in connection with Equity Incentive and Employee Stock Purchase plans Issuance of shares of business acquisition Share-based compensation Changes in comprehensive loss Net Loss Balance as of December 31, 2015 Preferred Stock Common stock Paid-in Shares Amount Shares Amount Capital 30,369 $ 74,020 22,694 $ 2 $ 9,791 $ Comprehensive Accumulated Stockholders' Loss Deficit Equity (85 ) $ (83,657 ) $ 71 — — 616 — 1,007 — — 20 — 257 — — — — — — — — 866 820 (30,369 ) (74,020 ) 30,369 3 74,017 — — — — — — 1,007 — — — — 257 866 820 — — — 8,545 1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 62,244 99,276 7,540 — — 6 193,574 — — (225 ) — (310 ) — — — (46,098 ) (129,755 ) 99,277 7,540 (225 ) (46,098 ) 63,515 — — 2,792 — 56,117 — — 56,117 — — 3,523 1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 68,559 9,637 15,516 — — 7 274,844 — — 59 — (251 ) — — — (48,340 ) (178,095 ) — — 3,181 — — — 223 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ — 71,963 $ 19,413 3,447 22,088 — — 7 $ 319,792 $ — — — 778 — 527 $ — — — — (32,099 ) (210,194 ) $ 9,638 15,516 59 (48,340 ) 96,505 19,413 3,447 22,088 778 (32,099 ) 110,132 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 65 RINGCENTRAL, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities: Net loss Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Tax benefit from release of valuation allowance Impairment of fixed assets Non-cash interest and other expense related to debt Net accretion of discount and amortization of premium on available-for-sale securities Allowance for doubtful accounts Loss on disposal of assets Deferred income tax Others Changes in assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses and other current assets Other assets Accounts payable Accrued liabilities Deferred revenue Other liabilities Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale securities Purchases of available-for-sale securities Purchases of property and equipment Cash paid for business combination, net of cash acquired Capitalized internal-use software Restricted investments Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Net proceeds from public offerings of common stock Net proceeds from debt agreements Proceeds from issuance of stock in connection with stock plans Repayment of debt Repayment of capital lease obligations Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock warrants Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards Payment of offering costs Net cash provided by financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents Beginning of period End of period Supplemental disclosure of cash flow data: Cash paid for interest Cash paid for income taxes Noncash investing and financing activities: Change in liability for unvested exercised options Accrued liability for deferred offering costs Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock Reclassification of preferred stock warrants from liability to equity Issuance of common stock for business combination Equipment purchased and unpaid at period end Equipment acquired under capital lease Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 $ (32,099 ) $ (48,340 ) $ (46,098 ) 13,467 22,088 (1,411 ) 1,317 156 616 411 322 (8 ) 94 (11,923 ) (606 ) (3,636 ) 421 1,591 2,354 11,071 861 5,086 28,080 — (14,631 ) (4,670 ) (2,513 ) 100 6,366 — — 19,524 (6,142 ) (594 ) — (151 ) — 12,637 317 24,406 10,378 15,516 — — 259 — 40 100 (35 ) — (4,646 ) 401 (3,553 ) (1,012 ) (510 ) 9,054 9,034 1,884 (11,430 ) — (28,696 ) (17,267 ) — (698 ) — (46,661 ) 57,167 — 9,487 (9,909 ) (698 ) — (41 ) (1,219 ) 54,787 108 (3,196 ) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 113,182 137,588 $ 116,378 113,182 $ 1,893 $ 100 $ 38 $ — $ — $ — $ 3,447 $ 719 $ — $ 217 $ 1,267 $ 96 $ 47 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 1,013 $ 1,149 $ (217 ) $ 8,980 7,540 — — 2,014 — — 338 (16 ) — (355 ) (1,279 ) (1,873 ) (328 ) (453 ) 1,370 5,262 1,127 (23,771 ) — — (10,789 ) — - (130 ) (10,919 ) 103,309 37,857 893 (26,309 ) (422 ) 1,625 — (3,720 ) 113,233 (29 ) 78,514 37,864 116,378 2,437 46 114 313 74,020 820 — 775 — — See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 66 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Description of Business RingCentral, Inc. (the Company) is a provider of software-as-a-service (SaaS) solutions for business communications. The Company was incorporated in California in 1999 and was reincorporated in Delaware on September 26, 2013. Public Offerings On October 2, 2013, the Company completed an initial public offering (IPO) and sold 8,625,000 shares of Class A common stock to the public, including the underwriters’ overallotment option of 1,125,000 shares of Class A common stock and 80,000 shares of Class A common stock sold by selling stockholders, at a price of $13.00 per share. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the IPO were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-190815) (the “Initial Registration Statement”). The Company received aggregate proceeds of $103.3 million from the IPO, net of underwriters’ discounts and commissions, but before deduction of offering expenses of approximately $3.9 million. On March 11, 2014, the Company completed a secondary public offering and sold 7,991,551 shares of Class A common stock to the public, including 791,551 of the underwriters’ overallotment option and 5,200,000 shares of Class A common stock sold by selling stockholders, at a price of $21.50 per share. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-194132) (Secondary Registration Statement). The Company received aggregate proceeds of $57.2 million from the secondary public offering, net of underwriters’ discounts and commissions, but before deduction of offering expenses of approximately $1.1 million. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. Principles of Consolidation The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and include the consolidated accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The significant estimates made by management affect revenues, accounts receivable, the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, goodwill, share-based compensation, deferred revenue, return reserves, provision for income taxes, uncertain tax positions, loss contingencies, sales tax liabilities and accrued liabilities. Management periodically evaluates such estimates and they are adjusted prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Foreign Currency The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as part of a separate component of stockholders’ equity and reported in the statements of comprehensive loss. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in other income (expense), net for the period. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments in Marketable Securities The Company considers highly liquid investments with a remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of money market funds. Cash equivalents are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s cash equivalents consist of money market funds and it held no marketable securities. At December 31, 2014 the Company’s marketable securities consisted of 67 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements investments in commercial paper and corporate debt securities. At December 31, 2014, all investments were designated as available-for-sale and reported at fair value based either upon quoted prices in active markets, quoted prices in less active markets, or quoted market prices for similar investments, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, if any, included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheet. These securities at any time can be liquidated for use in current operations or for other purposes, such as consideration for acquisitions, even if they had not yet reached maturity. As a result, all of our investments held at December 31, 2014 were classified as current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. We determine any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable securities on a specific identification method, and we record such gains and losses as a component of other income (expense), net. The Company monitors its investments for potential impairment on a quarterly basis. When the carrying amount of an investment in any securities exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary (i.e., when the Company does intend to sell the securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities prior to anticipated recovery of its amortized cost basis), management records an impairment charge to other income (expense), net, in the amount of the credit loss and the balance, if any, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheets. No impairment losses have been recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts For the year ended December 31, 2013, a significant portion of revenues were realized from credit card transactions with only a small portion of revenues generating accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the portion of revenues generating accounts receivable has increased as the Company’s larger customers are extended standard net 30 credit terms. For all periods presented, the Company has not experienced any significant defaults on its accounts receivable. The Company determines provisions based on historical experience and upon a specific review of customer receivables. Below is a summary of the changes in allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands): Year ended December 31, 2015 Allowance for doubtful accounts Year ended December 31, 2014 Allowance for doubtful accounts Year ended December 31, 2013 Allowance for doubtful accounts Inventory Balance at Beginning of Period Provision, net of Recoveries Write-offs Balance at End of Period $ $ $ 125 $ 411 $ 159 $ 139 $ 40 $ 54 $ 433 $ (8 ) $ 286 $ 377 125 139 The Company’s inventory consists primarily of telephones and peripheral equipment held at third parties. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost computed on a first-in, first-out basis, or market value. Inventory write-downs are recorded when the cost of inventory exceeds its net realizable value and establishes a new cost basis for the inventory. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company analyzes inventory on a part by part basis in comparison to forecasted demand to identify potential excess and obsolescence issues, and adjusts carrying amounts to estimated net realizable value accordingly. Internal-Use Software Development Costs The Company capitalizes qualifying internal-use software development costs that are incurred during the application development stage, provided that management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the project and it is probable the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation operation activities are expensed as incurred. Capitalized internal-use software development costs are included in property and equipment and are amortized on a straight-line basis to cost of revenues when the underlying project is ready for its intended use. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company determined that due to delays in the development and failure to achieve significant milestones by a third party supplier, certain software for internal use was no longer usable, and recorded a $1.3 million charge to the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company capitalized $2.1 million and $0.7 million, net of impairment, of internal-use software development costs incurred, respectively. The carrying value of internal-use software development costs, net of amortization, was $2.6 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 68 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Property and Equipment, Net Property and equipment, net is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Computer hardware and software, and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over useful lives ranging from three to five years; internal-use software development costs are amortized over useful lives ranging from three to four years; and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the respective lease term or useful life, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company evaluates the recoverability of property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows of the assets or asset groups are expected to generate. If such evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of the assets or asset groups is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups is reduced to its estimated fair value. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company determined that due to delays in the development and failure to achieve significant milestones by a third party supplier, certain software for internal use was no longer usable, and recorded a $1.3 million charge to the consolidated statements of operations. No impairment losses were recognized in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Concentrations Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, investments in marketable securities, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash, cash equivalent and investment balances, which may exceed federally insured limits, with financial institutions and corporate entities that complies with investment guidelines which management believes are financially sound and have minimal credit risk exposure. The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily derived from sales by resellers and to larger direct customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its resellers and does not require collateral on accounts receivable. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated potential credit losses. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, AT&T, one of our resellers, accounted for 39% and 44% of the Company’s total accounts receivable, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, AT&T accounted for 13% and 12% of the Company’s total revenues and 12% and 11% of our software subscription revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, no single customer or reseller accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s total revenues. The Company contracted a significant portion of its software development efforts from third-party vendors located in Russia and Ukraine during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. A cessation of services provided by these vendors could result in a disruption to the Company’s research and development efforts. Revenue Recognition The Company’s revenues consist primarily of software subscriptions and product revenues. The Company’s software subscriptions revenue includes all fees billed in connection with subscriptions to the Company’s RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, RingCentral Fax, and RingCentral Contact Center SaaS applications. These software subscription fees include recurring fixed plan subscription fees, recurring administrative cost recovery fees, variable usage-based fees for blocks of additional minutes systematically purchased in advance of usage in excess of plan limits and one-time upfront fees. The Company provides its subscriptions pursuant to contractual arrangements that range in duration from one month to three years. The Company’s subscription fees are generally billed in advance directly to customer credit cards or via invoices issued to larger customers. The Company’s product revenue consists of sales of pre-configured office phones used in connection with the service and includes shipping and handling fees. The Company recognizes revenue when the following criteria are met: · · · · there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; the subscription is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered; the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable. 69 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Revenue under subscription plans are recognized as follows: · · · fixed plan subscription and administrative cost recovery fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over their respective contractual subscription terms; fees for additional minutes of usage in excess of plan limits are recognized over the estimated usage period in a manner that approximates actual usage; and one-time upfront fees are initially deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated average customer life. Product revenue is billed at the time the order is received and recognized when the product has been delivered to the customer. The Company enters into arrangements with multiple-elements that generally include services to be provided under the subscription plan and the sale of products used in connection with the Company’s subscriptions. The Company allocates the consideration to each deliverable in a multiple-deliverable arrangement based upon its relative selling prices. The Company determines the selling price using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) for its subscription plans and best estimated selling price (BESP) for its product offerings. Consideration allocated to each deliverable, limited to the amount not contingent on future performance, are then recognized to revenue when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for the respective deliverable. The Company determines VSOE based on historical standalone sales to customers. In determining VSOE, the Company requires that a substantial majority of the selling prices fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range. VSOE exists for all of the Company’s subscription plans. The Company uses BESP as the selling price for its product offerings as the Company is not able to determine VSOE of fair value from standalone sales or third-party evidence of selling price (TPE). The Company estimates BESP for a product by considering company-specific factors such as pricing objectives, direct product and other costs, bundling and discounting practices and contractually stated prices. A portion of the Company’s software subscriptions and product revenues are generated through sales by resellers. When the Company assumes a majority of the business risks associated with performance of the contractual obligations, it records these revenues at the gross amount paid by the customer with amounts retained by the resellers recognized as sales and marketing expense. The Company’s assumption of such business risks is evidenced when, among other things, it takes responsibility for delivery of the product or subscription, is involved in establishing pricing of the arrangement, assumes credit and inventory risk, and is the primary obligor in the arrangement. When a reseller assumes the majority of the business risks associated with the performance of the contractual obligations, the Company records the associated revenue at the net amount received from the reseller. The Company recognizes revenue from resellers when the following criteria are met: · · · · persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists through a contract with the customer; the subscription is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered; the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and the collection of the fees is reasonably assured. The Company’s deliverables sold through its reseller agreements consist of the Company’s software subscriptions and products. Subscriptions sold through resellers are recognized on a straight-line basis over the period the underlying subscriptions are provided to the end customer. Products sold through resellers are shipped directly to the end customer and are recognized when title transfers to the end customer. Revenue from resellers has predominantly been recorded on a gross basis for all periods presented. The Company records reductions to revenue for estimated sales returns and customer credits at the time the related revenue is recognized. Sales returns and customer credits are estimated based on historical experience, current trends and expectations regarding future experience. Customer billings related to taxes imposed by and remitted to governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions are reported on a net basis. When such remitted taxes exceed the amount billed to customers, the cost is included in general and administrative expenses. Amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized for the period are reported as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s deferred revenue consists primarily of unearned revenue on annual and monthly subscription plans. 70 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements The Company received one-time up-front payments for implementation services to be performed in connection with its carrier agreements with BT and TELUS during the year ended December 31, 2014. These amounts are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective initial contractual terms beginning in 2015. The BT and TELUS arrangements have initial contractual terms of three to five years, which approximates the estimated average customer life of each respective agreement. Accordingly, the portion of these one-time up-front payments that is estimated to be realized beyond December 31, 2016, or $1.1 million, is included as a component of other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Cost of Revenues Cost of software subscriptions revenue primarily consists of costs of network capacity purchased from third-party telecommunications providers, network operations, costs to equip and maintain data centers, including co-location fees for the right to place the Company’s servers in data centers owned by third-parties, depreciation of the servers and equipment, along with related utilities and maintenance costs. Cost of software subscriptions revenue also includes personnel costs associated with non-administrative customer care and support of the functionality of the Company’s platform and data center operations, including share-based compensation expenses and allocated costs of facilities and information technology. Cost of software subscriptions revenue is expensed as incurred. Cost of product revenue is comprised primarily of the cost associated with purchased phones, shipping costs, as well as personnel costs for contractors and allocated costs of facilities and information technology related to the procurement, management and shipment of phones. Cost of product revenue is expensed in the period product is delivered to the customer. Share-Based Compensation All share-based compensation resulting from options, restricted stock units (RSUs) and employee stock purchase plan rights granted to employees under our stock plans are measured as the grant date fair value of the award and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options and ESPP rights using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method net of estimated forfeitures. Share-based compensation expense resulting from stock options granted to non-employees is calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model and RSUs value is measured as the grant date fair value of the award and is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over the service period. Compensation expense for non-employee stock options and RSUs subject to vesting is revalued, or marked to market, as of each reporting date until the stock options and RSUs are vested. Research and Development Research and development expenses consist primarily of third-party contractor costs, personnel costs, technology license expenses, and depreciation associated with research and development equipment. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software development costs that qualify for capitalization are amortized to cost of sales over the estimated useful life of the software. Advertising Costs Advertising costs, which include various forms of e-commerce such as search engine marketing, search engine optimization and online display advertising, as well as more traditional forms of media advertising such as radio and billboards, are expensed as incurred and were $34.3 million, $27.1 million, and $22.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Commissions Commissions consist of variable compensation earned by sales personnel and third-party resellers. Sales commissions associated with the acquisition of a new customer contract are recognized as sales and marketing expense at the time the customer has entered into a binding agreement. Income Taxes The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing 71 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized. As of December 31, 2015, except for deferred tax assets associated with its subsidiaries in the Netherlands and China, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance against all other net deferred tax assets due to its history of operating losses. The Company classifies interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Segment Information The Company has determined the chief executive officer is the chief operating decision maker. The Company’s chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing performance and making decisions on how to allocate resources. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reporting segment. Indemnification Certain of the Company’s agreements with resellers and customers include provisions for indemnification against liabilities if its subscriptions infringe a third-party’s intellectual property rights. At least quarterly, the Company assesses the status of any significant matters and its potential financial statement exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount or the range of loss can be estimated, the Company accrues a liability for the estimated loss. The Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnification provisions and the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 or 2014. Recent Accounting Pronouncements In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The new guidance is a result of a joint project with the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) to clarify and converge the revenue recognition principles under U.S. GAAP and IFRS and to develop guidance that would streamline and enhance revenue recognition requirements. In April 2015, the FASB proposed a one-year deferral of the effective date for the new revenue reporting standard for entities reporting under U.S. GAAP. In accordance with the deferral, ASU 2014-09 will be effective for fiscal 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period. Entities have the option of applying retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting. In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement- Period Adjustments. The new guidance simplifies the accounting for measurement-period adjustments in a business combination by requiring the acquirer to recognize adjustments to provisional amounts identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustments are determined. The acquirer is also required to record in the reporting period in which the adjustments are determined, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, and other items resulting from the change to the provisional amounts. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Therefore this guidance will impact future measurement period adjustments, if any, beginning in fiscal year 2016. In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The new guidance simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes and requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a statement of financial position. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-17 effective December 31, 2015 on a prospective basis. Due to the valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets, adoption of this ASU resulted in no net impact to the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases. The new guidance requires that lease arrangements longer than 12 months result in an entity recognizing an asset and liability. The updated guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet evaluated the impact that the standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 72 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 2. Financial Statement Components Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands): Cash Money market funds Total cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands): Accounts receivable Unbilled accounts receivable Allowance for doubtful accounts Accounts receivable, net Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands): Computer hardware and software Internal-use software development costs Furniture and fixtures Leasehold improvements Property and equipment, gross Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization Property and equipment, net December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 18,422 $ 119,166 137,588 $ 12,800 100,382 113,182 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 15,509 $ 4,031 (377 ) 19,163 $ 5,935 1,841 (125 ) 7,651 December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 49,774 $ 7,432 3,610 2,412 63,228 (35,068 ) 28,160 $ 43,805 5,335 2,020 2,870 54,030 (28,503 ) 25,527 $ $ $ $ $ $ Total depreciation and amortization expense was $13.5 million, $10.4, and $9.0 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): Accrued compensation and benefits Accrued sales, use and telecom related taxes Other accrued expenses Total accrued liabilities December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 $ $ 10,128 $ 5,243 19,331 34,702 $ 7,596 5,277 16,363 29,236 73 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The Company carries certain financial assets consisting of money market funds and certificates of deposit at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is based on the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement: Level 1: Observable inputs which include unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are based on management’s assumptions, including fair value measurements determined by using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques. The financial assets carried at fair value were determined using the following inputs (in thousands): Cash equivalents: Money market funds Other assets: Certificates of deposit Cash equivalents: Money market funds Short-term investments: Corporate debt securities Commercial paper Other assets: Certificates of deposit Balance at December 31, 2015 (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) $ $ 119,166 $ 119,066 $ 100 $ 530 $ — $ 530 $ — — Balance at December 31, 2014 (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) $ $ $ $ 100,570 $ 94,274 $ 6,296 $ 26,481 $ 1,998 $ 26,481 $ — $ — $ 1,998 $ 630 $ — $ 630 $ — — — — During the third quarter of 2014, the Company purchased investments in commercial paper and corporate debt securities with maturities ranging from 5 to 15 months. All investments matured during 2015. At December 31, 2014, all investments were designated as available-for-sale and reported at fair value based either upon quoted prices in active markets, quoted prices in less active markets, or quoted market prices for similar investments, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, if any, included in other comprehensive loss. At December 31, 2014, available-for-sale securities consisted of the following (in thousands): Corporate debt securities Commercial paper Total Amortized Cost Available-for-Sale Securities Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Estimated Fair Value $ $ 26,700 $ 1,996 28,696 $ 45 $ 2 47 $ (264 ) $ — (264 ) $ 26,481 1,998 28,479 74 The expected maturities of our investments in available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2014 are shown below (in thousands): RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Due in less than one year Total $ $ Available-for-Sale Securities Amortized Cost 28,696 $ 28,696 $ Estimated Fair Value 28,479 28,479 The Company’s other financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities, are carried at cost which approximates fair value due to the relatively short maturity of those instruments. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company estimated the fair value of its debt primarily using an expected present value technique, which is based on observable market inputs using interest rates currently available to companies of similar credit standing for similar terms and remaining maturities, and considering its own credit risk. The estimated fair value of the Company’s current and non-current debt obligations was $19.0 million at December 31, 2015, compared to its carrying amount of $18.6 million at that date. The estimated fair value of the Company’s current and non- current debt obligations was $25.7 million at December 31, 2014, compared to its carrying amount of $24.6 million at that date. If the debt was measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, the Company’s current and non-current debt would be classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Note 4. Business Combinations On June 4, 2015, the Company acquired Glip, Inc., or Glip, a cloud messaging and collaboration company based in Boca Raton, Florida. Glip is a provider of team messaging services, integrated with project management, group calendars, notes, annotations, and file sharing. Glip also includes integrations with a number of third party business solutions. The objective of the acquisition is to extend our platform by adding team messaging and collaboration services such as calendar, project management, and document sharing. The consideration for this acquisition, net of cash acquired and including the fair value of contingent consideration payable in cash upon achievement of certain earn out milestones and the fair value of common stock issuable to the sellers was $11.9 million. Under the terms of the acquisition, the Company may also pay up to $2.0 million in payments at the end of a two-year period to certain Glip employees, who continue to be employees of the Company, which are accounted for as a post-combination expense. At December 31, 2015, the contingent payment liability is $0.6 million and classified as a non-current liability in the consolidated balance sheets. The consideration exchanged consisted of the following (in thousands): Cash, net of cash acquired Common stock issued (223,190 shares) Holdback based on standard representations and warranties Total initial consideration Milestone based earn out (after valuation adjustment) Total consideration $ $ 4,670 3,447 1,500 9,617 2,289 11,906 The $3.5 million fair value of the 223,190 unregistered common shares issued as part of the consideration paid for Glip ($3.8 million before a $0.4 million discount due to a 6-month restriction of resale as a result of SEC Rule 144 for issuance of unregistered shares) was determined on the basis of the five day weighted closing market price of the Company’s common shares preceding the acquisition date. We determined the initial fair value of the milestone based earn out liability of $2.3 million using various estimates, including probabilities of success and discount rates. Based on the completion of milestones for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the estimated probability of completing of the remaining milestones, the estimated fair value of the milestone based earn out liability is $2.4 million at December 31, 2015 and is classified as a current and non-current liability in the consolidated balance sheets. The following table summarizes the fair value of assets acquired as of the date of acquisition (in thousands): Cash and cash equivalents Acquired intangible assets Goodwill Net assets acquired $ $ 74 3,850 7,982 11,906 75 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements The Company has included the financial results of Glip, which were not material, in the consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. The goodwill balance is primarily attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating Glip’s cloud messaging and collaboration technology with the Company’s other offerings. The goodwill balance is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes. The following table sets forth the fair value components of identifiable acquired intangible assets (in thousands) and their estimated useful lives (in years) as of the date of acquisition: Customer relationships Developed technology Total identifiable acquired intangible assets subject to amortization Fair Value 840 3,010 3,850 $ $ Estimated Useful Life 2 years 5 years The amount recorded for developed technology represents the estimated fair value of Glip’s cloud messaging and collaboration technology. The amount recorded for customer relationships represents the fair values of the underlying relationships with Glip customers. The weighted-average amortization periods for customer relationships and developed technology are approximately 1.4 years and 4.4 years, respectively. Acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 were as follows (in thousands): Customer relationships Developed technology Total acquired intangible assets $ $ 840 $ 3,010 3,850 $ Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Acquired Intangibles, Net 600 2,666 3,266 240 $ 344 584 $ Amortization expense from acquired intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $0.6 million. Amortization of developed technology is included in research and development expenses and amortization of customer relationships is included in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Estimated amortization expense for acquired intangible assets for the following five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands): 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Total estimated amortization expense Note 5. Debt $ $ 1,022 782 602 602 258 3,266 As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s debt is comprised of borrowings under the Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated March 30, 2015 (the “SVB Agreement”), as amended, with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB. Silicon Valley Bank Credit Facility Under the SVB agreement, the Company has one outstanding growth capital term loan (i.e., “the 2013 term loan”) and a revolving line of credit. The Company borrowed an additional growth capital loan in March 2012 (the “2012 term loan”) that matured in March 2015 and was repaid in full. 76 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements The 2012 term loan was borrowed in March 2012 with a principal amount of $8.0 million, which was repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. Under the 2012 term loan, interest was paid monthly and accrued at a floating rate based on the Company’s option of the (i) prime rate plus a margin of 0.25% or 0.50% or (ii) adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, two, three or six-month interest periods) plus a margin of 3.25% or 3.50%, in each case such margin was determined based on cash balances maintained with SVB. The Company elected the prime rate option and, based on cash balances maintained with SVB, the interest rate was 3.50%. In addition, a final terminal payment equal to 0.5% of the original loan principal, or $40,000, was due at maturity. The 2012 term loan matured in March 2015 and was repaid in full. The 2013 term loan was borrowed on December 31, 2013 with a principal amount of $15.0 million, which is being repaid in 48 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. Interest is due monthly and accrues at a floating rate based on the Company’s option of an annual rate of either the (i) prime rate plus a margin of 0.75% or 1.00% or (ii) adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, two, three or six-month interest periods) plus a margin of 3.75% or 4.00%, in each case such margin being determined based on cash balances maintained with SVB. The Company elected the prime rate option and based on cash balances maintained with SVB at December 31, 2015, the current interest rate is 4.00%. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding principal balance of the 2013 term loan was $7.8 million. Approximately $4.1 million of the remaining principal balance is classified as non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as this portion of the remaining principal balance is due beyond December 31, 2016. The revolving line of credit provides for a maximum borrowing of up to $15.0 million subject to limits based on the outstanding principal balance of the 2012 term loan and recurring software subscription revenue amounts as defined in the agreement. The recurring software subscription revenue requirement is not expected to limit the amount of borrowings available under the line of credit. Under the line of credit, interest is paid monthly and accrues at a floating rate based on the Company’s option of the (i) prime rate plus a margin of 0.25% or 0.50% or (ii) adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, two, three or six-month interest periods) plus a margin of 3.25% or 3.50%, in each case such margin being determined based on cash balances maintained with SVB. The Company elected the prime rate option and based on cash balances maintained with SVB at December 31, 2015, the current interest rate is 3.50%. On August 11, 2015, the Company amended the terms of the SVB Agreement extending the maturity of the revolving line of credit from August 13, 2015 to August 14, 2017. The outstanding principal balance is classified as non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as the principal balance is due beyond December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding principal balance and the available borrowing capacity of the line of credit were $10.8 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The Company has pledged all of its assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure its obligations under the SVB agreement. The SVB agreement contains customary negative covenants that limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate. The SVB agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants, including requirements to, among other things, (i) maintain minimum cash balances representing the greater of $10.0 million or three times the Company’s quarterly cash burn rate, as defined in the agreement, and (ii) maintain minimum EBITDA levels, as determined in accordance with the agreement. On March 30, 2015, the Company adjusted certain financial covenant thresholds to expand its ability to invest in certain foreign subsidiaries and property and equipment. The Company was in compliance with all covenants under its credit agreement with SVB as of December 31, 2015. TriplePoint Capital Credit Facility Under the equipment loan and security agreement with TriplePoint, the Company borrowed equipment term loans with aggregate principal of $9.7 million in August 2012. The equipment term loans were being repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrued at an annual fixed rate of 5.75% however, the Company repaid the equipment term loans in full in March 2015. In addition, a final terminal payment was due at maturity equal to 10% of the original loan principal, or $1.0 million. 77 The Company’s outstanding balances under its debt agreements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows (in thousands): RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements SVB loan and security agreement TriplePoint equipment loan agreement Loan discounts Net carrying value of debt Less: Current portion of long-term debt Long-term debt December 31, 2015 2014 $ $ $ 18,590 $ — 18,590 — 18,590 $ (3,750 ) 14,840 $ As of December 31, 2015, future debt principal payments are scheduled as follows (in thousands): Year ending December 31, 2016 2017 2018 Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies Leases $ $ 23,008 1,725 24,733 (156 ) 24,577 (16,764 ) 7,813 3,750 14,527 313 18,590 The Company leases facilities for office space under non-cancelable operating leases for its U.S. and international locations and has entered into capital lease arrangements to obtain property and equipment for its operations. In addition, the Company leases space from third party datacenter hosting facilities under co-location agreements to support its cloud infrastructure. As of December 31, 2015, non-cancelable leases expire on various dates between 2016 and 2021 and require the following future minimum lease payments by year (in thousands): Year ending December 31, 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Total future minimum lease payments Less: amount representing interest Total capital lease obligation Less: Current portion of capital lease obligation Capital lease obligation Capital Leases Operating Leases 5,383 5,080 4,922 4,243 3,449 2,072 25,149 $ $ 301 $ 185 — — — — 486 $ (36 ) 450 (269 ) 181 Property and equipment recorded under capital leases consisted of the following (in thousands): Property and equipment acquired under capital lease Less: accumulated amortization Property and equipment acquired under capital lease, net 78 December 31, 2015 2014 $ $ 3,149 $ (2,212 ) 937 $ 3,466 (2,129 ) 1,337 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Operating leases for certain office facilities include scheduled periods of abatement and escalation of rental payments. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis for all operating lease arrangements with the difference between required lease payments and rent expense recorded as deferred rent. Total rent expense was $4.0 million, $2.2 million, and $1.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Sales Tax Liability During 2010 and 2011, the Company increased its sales and marketing activities in the U.S., which may be asserted by a number of states to create an obligation under nexus regulations to collect sales taxes on sales to customers in the state. Prior to 2012, the Company did not collect sales taxes from customers on sales in all states. In the second quarter of 2012, the Company commenced collecting and remitting sales taxes on sales in all states, therefore the loss contingency is applicable to sales and marketing activities in 2010, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a long-term sales tax liability of $3.7 million, and $4.0 million, respectively, based on its best estimate of the probable liability for the loss contingency incurred as of those dates. The Company’s estimate of a probable outcome under the loss contingency is based on analysis of its sales and marketing activities, revenues subject to sales tax, and applicable regulations in each state in each period. No significant adjustments to the long-term sales tax liability have been recognized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for changes to the assumptions underlying the estimate. However, changes in management’s assumptions may occur in the future as the Company obtains new information which can result in adjustments to the recorded liability. Increases and decreases to the long-term sales tax liability are recorded as general and administrative expense. A current sales tax liability for non-contingent amounts expected to be remitted in the next 12 months of $4.4 million and $4.2 million is included in accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Legal Matters The Company determines whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company assesses its potential liability by analyzing specific litigation and regulatory matters using reasonably available information. The Company develops its views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Legal fees are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no significant ongoing legal matters and the Company did not have any accrued liabilities recorded for such loss contingencies. Employee Agreements The Company has signed various employment agreements with executives and key employees pursuant to which if the Company terminates their employment without cause or if the employee does so for good reason following a change of control of the Company, the employees are entitled to receive certain benefits, including severance payments, accelerated vesting of stock options and RSUs and continued COBRA coverage. As of December 31, 2015, no triggering events which would cause these provisions to become effective have occurred. Therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these agreements in the consolidated financial statements. Note 7. Stockholders’ Equity In connection with the Company’s initial public offering (IPO), the Company reincorporated in Delaware on September 26, 2013. The Delaware certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of common stock: Class A and Class B common stock, both with a par value of $0.0001 per share. In addition the certificate of incorporation authorizes shares of undesignated preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. The terms of preferred stock are described below. Preferred Stock The Board of Directors may, without further action by the stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorizes their issuance. These rights, preferences, and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the Class A and Class B common stock. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized and no shares issued or outstanding. 79 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Class A and Class B Common Stock The Company has authorized 1,000,000,000 and 250,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock for issuance. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights for matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) except for specific circumstances that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of a particular class of common stock. Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of Class A and Class B common stock share equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of the Company’s capital stock. Holders of Class A and Class B common stock also share equally, identically and ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities and liquidation preferences and any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock at the time. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically to Class A common stock upon: (i) the date specified by an affirmative vote or written consent of holders of at least 67% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, or (ii) the seven year anniversary of the closing date of the IPO (October 2, 2020). Shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance were as follows (in thousands): Preferred stock Class B common stock 2013 Employee stock purchase plan 2013 Equity incentive plan: Outstanding options and restricted stock unit awards Available for future grants December 31, 2015 100,000 13,483 1,899 10,337 7,764 133,483 As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were 2,330 and 14,893 shares of common stock outstanding related to the early exercise of non- vested options subject to repurchase at the original exercise price by the Company upon termination of service by an employee. Note 8. Share-Based Compensation A summary of share-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations follows (in thousands): Cost of software subscriptions revenue Research and development Sales and marketing General and administrative Total share-based compensation expense 2015 Year Ended December, 31 2014 2013 $ $ 2,054 $ 5,387 7,200 7,447 22,088 $ 1,294 $ 3,343 5,260 5,619 15,516 $ A summary of share-based compensation expense by award type follows (in thousands): Options Employee stock purchase plan rights Restricted stock units Total share-based compensation expense 2015 Year Ended December, 31 2014 2013 $ $ 11,170 $ 1,365 9,553 22,088 $ 10,323 $ 1,628 3,565 15,516 $ 80 539 1,495 1,313 4,193 7,540 7,069 453 18 7,540 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Equity Incentive Plans In September 2013, the Board adopted and the Company’s stockholders approved the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”). The 2013 Plan became effective on September 26, 2013. In connection with the adoption of the 2013 Plan, the Company terminated the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”), under which stock options had been granted prior to September 26, 2013. The 2010 Plan was established in September 2010, when the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”) was terminated. After the termination of the 2003 and 2010 Plans, no additional options were granted under these plans; however options previously granted will continue to be governed by these plans, and will be exercisable into shares of Class B common stock. In addition, options authorized to be granted under the 2003 and 2010 Plans, including forfeitures of previously granted awards are authorized for grant under the 2013 Plan. A total of 6,200,000 shares of Class A common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan. The 2013 Plan includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of: (i) 6,200,000 shares of Class A common stock; (ii) 5% of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock as of the last day of the Company’s immediately preceding fiscal year; or (iii) such other amount as the board of directors may determine. During the year ended December 31, 2015, a total of 3,427,922 shares of Class A common stock were added to the 2013 Plan in connection with the annual automatic increase provision. The plans permit the grant of stock options and other share-based awards, such as restricted stock units to employees, officers, directors and consultants by the Company’s board of directors. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Option awards generally vest according to a graded vesting schedule based on four years of continuous service. On January 29, 2014, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved an amendment to decrease the contractual term of all equity awards issued from the 2013 Plan from 10 years to 7 years for all awards granted after January 29, 2014. Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the option agreement) and early exercise of the option prior to vesting (subject to the Company’s repurchase right). As of December 31, 2015 a total of 7,764,035 shares remain available for grant under the 2013 Plan. A summary of option activity under all of the plans at December 31, 2015 and changes during the periods then ended is presented in the following table: Number of Options Weighted- Average Outstanding Exercise Price (in thousands) Per Share Weighted- Average Contractual Term (in Years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands) 40,705 7.2 $ Outstanding at December 31, 2012 Granted Exercised Canceled/Forfeited Outstanding at December 31, 2013 Granted Exercised Canceled/Forfeited Outstanding at December 31, 2014 Granted Exercised Canceled/Forfeited Outstanding at December 31, 2015 Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2015 Exercisable as of December 31, 2015 8,609 $ 3,856 (607 ) (702 ) 11,156 $ 1,302 (2,673 ) (627 ) 9,158 $ 1,881 (2,323 ) (668 ) 8,048 $ 7,972 $ 4,750 $ 2.89 11.54 1.47 4.31 5.87 15.12 1.97 7.19 8.23 16.35 6.82 11.42 10.27 10.26 7.40 7.7 $ 139,484 7.2 $ 61,367 6.2 $ 6.2 $ 6.0 $ 107,091 106,197 76,843 The total intrinsic values of options exercised were as follows (in thousands): Total intrinsic value of options exercised 2015 Year Ended December 31, 2014 2013 $ 28,336 $ 41,454 $ 10,261 81 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Valuation Assumptions The Company estimated the fair values of each option awarded on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, which requires inputs including the fair value of common stock, expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest and dividend yield. Fair Value of Common Stock Given the absence of a public trading market prior to the September 23, 2013 IPO, the Company’s board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock at each meeting at which awards were approved. These factors included, but were not limited to: (i) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by an unrelated valuation specialist; (ii) developments in the Company’s business and stage of development; (iii) the Company’s operational and financial performance and condition; (iv) issuances of preferred stock and the rights and preferences of preferred stock relative to common stock; (v) current condition of capital markets and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company; and (vi) the lack of marketability of common stock. For financial reporting purposes, the Company also considered contemporaneous valuations of common stock prepared for dates subsequent to the grant date. For certain option grants in 2012 and 2013 that occurred on an interim date between valuation dates, the fair value of common stock used in the option-pricing model to measure share-based compensation for the period exceeded the exercise price. Since the IPO, the Company has used the daily adjusted closing stock price on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant as the fair value of the common stock. Expected Term The expected term represents the period that share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Prior to the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company did not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise behavior, the expected term for options issued to employees was calculated as the mean of the option vesting period and the contractual term (i.e., the “Simplified Method”). Beginning the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company began incorporating its own historical data, assigning a 25% weighting to the Company’s historical data and a 75% weighting to the Simplified Method estimate. In the fourth quarter of 2015, 50% of the Company’s historical data was weighted with 50% of the Simplified Method. The expected term for options issued to non-employees was the contractual term. Expected Volatility The expected stock price volatility of common stock was derived from the historical volatilities of a peer group of similar publicly traded companies over a period that approximates the expected term of the option. Beginning the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company incorporated its own historical volatility assigning a 25% weighting to the Company’s historical data and a 75% weighting to the historical volatilities of a peer group of similarly traded companies. In the fourth quarter of 2015, 50% of the Company’s historical volatility was weighted with 50% of the Company’s peer group volatilities. Risk-Free Interest Rate The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that approximates the expected term of the option. Expected Dividend Yield The expected dividend yield was 0% as the Company has not declared, nor paid, and does not expect to pay, cash dividends. The weighted-average assumptions used in the option-pricing models and the resulting grant date fair value of stock options granted in the periods presented were as follows: Expected term for employees (in years) Expected term for non-employees (in years) Expected volatility Risk-free interest rate Expected dividend yield Grant date fair value of employee options 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 4.8 7.0 48 % 1.22 % 0 % 6.78 $ 4.6 7.0 48 % 1.41 % 0 % 6.16 $ 6.1 10.0 54 % 1.68 % 0 % 6.19 $ 82 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there was approximately $19.6 million and $20.1 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option grants, which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining weighted- average vesting periods of approximately 2.5 years and 2.4 years, respectively. Employee Stock Purchase Plan The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) allows eligible employees to purchase the Class A common stock at a discount through payroll deductions of up to the lesser of 15% of their eligible compensation or the IRS allowable limit per calendar year. A participant may purchase a maximum of 3,000 shares during an offering period. The offering period generally starts on the first trading day on or after May 11th and November 11th of each year. At the end of the offering period, the purchase price is set at the lower of: (i) 90% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the beginning of the six month offering period, and (ii) 90% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the end of the six month offering period. The ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2014, equal to the least of: (i) 1% of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding year; (ii) 1,250,000 shares; or (iii) such other amount as may be determined by the board of directors. During the year ended December 31, 2015, a total of 685,584 shares of Class A common stock were added to the 2013 ESPP Plan in connection with the annual increase provision. At December 31, 2015, a total of 1,898,792 shares were available for issuance under the ESPP. The weighted-average assumptions used to value ESPP rights under the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model and the resulting offering grant date fair value of ESPP rights granted in the periods presented were as follows: Expected term (in years) Expected volatility Risk-free interest rate Expected dividend yield Offering grant date fair value of ESPP rights Year ended December 31, 2015 2014 0.5 42 % 0.25 % 0 % 5.05 $ 0.5 50 % 0.07 % 0 % 3.93 $ As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there was approximately $1.1 million and $0.4 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to outstanding ESPP rights, which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining weighted average vesting period of approximately 0.4 and 0.4 years, respectively. Restricted Stock Units The 2013 Plan provides for the issuance of restricted stock units (RSUs) to employees and consultants. RSUs issued under the 2013 Plan generally vest over four years. A summary of activity of RSUs under the 2013 Plan at December 31, 2015 and changes during the periods then ended is presented in the following table: Weighted- Number of Average RSUs Grant Date Fair Outstanding (in thousands) Value Per Share Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands) 1,251 Outstanding at December 31, 2013 Granted Released Canceled/Forfeited Outstanding at December 31, 2014 Granted Released Canceled/Forfeited Outstanding at December 31, 2015 68 $ 1,915 (110 ) (134 ) 1,739 $ 1,365 (571 ) (245 ) 2,288 $ 83 17.22 $ 15.08 16.82 17.43 14.87 $ 18.09 15.45 15.10 16.63 $ 25,617 53,972 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there was a total of $35.2 million and $24.2 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs, which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of approximately 3.0 years and 3.6 years, respectively. Note 9. Income Taxes The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands): Current: Federal State Foreign Total current Deferred: Federal State Foreign Total deferred Total income tax provision (benefit) 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 $ $ $ — $ 71 85 156 (1,312 ) $ (99 ) (8 ) (1,419 ) (1,263 ) $ — $ 18 114 132 — $ — (35 ) (35 ) 97 $ — 3 (32 ) (29 ) — — (16 ) (16 ) (45 ) Net loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands): United States International Total net loss before benefit for income taxes 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 $ $ (28,870 ) $ (4,492 ) (33,362 ) $ (50,065 ) $ 1,822 (48,243 ) $ (41,778 ) (4,365 ) (46,143 ) The provision (benefit) for income tax differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax loss as a result of the following (in thousands): Federal tax benefit at statutory rate State tax, net of federal provision (benefit) Research and development credits Share-based compensation Other permanent differences Foreign tax rate differential Net operating losses not recognized Release of valuation allowance associated with acquisitions Total income tax provision (benefit) 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 $ $ (11,343 ) $ (34 ) (667 ) 1,086 325 (80 ) 10,762 (1,312 ) (1,263 ) $ (16,403 ) $ 12 (654 ) 1,836 211 (33 ) 15,128 — 97 $ (15,687 ) 2 (774 ) 641 294 (20 ) 15,499 — (45 ) The benefit for income taxes for 2015 relates primarily to the release of a valuation allowance of $1.4 million associated with nondeductible intangible assets recorded as part of the Glip acquisition, partially offset by state minimum income tax and income tax on our earnings in foreign jurisdictions. In connection with the acquisition of Glip, a deferred tax liability was established for the book/tax basis differences related to the non- goodwill intangible assets. The net deferred tax liability from this acquisition created an additional source of income to realize deferred tax assets. As the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, this additional source of income resulted in the release of the Company’s previously recorded valuation allowance against deferred assets. Consistent with the applicable guidance the release of the valuation allowance caused by the acquisition was recorded in the consolidated financial statements outside of acquisition accounting (i.e., recorded as a tax benefit to the consolidated statements of operations). 84 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements In general, it is our practice and intention to reinvest the earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries are immaterial for all periods presented. The types of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands): Deferred tax assets Net operating loss and credit carry-forwards Research and development credits Sales tax liability Share-based compensation Accrued liabilities Gross deferred tax assets Valuation allowance Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities - Acquired intangibles Deferred tax liabilities - Property and equipment Net deferred tax assets 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 $ $ 54,858 $ 4,712 1,337 6,694 6,090 73,691 (71,514 ) 2,177 (1,164 ) (883 ) 130 $ 45,552 $ 3,497 1,442 5,560 4,676 60,727 (60,405 ) 322 — (197 ) 125 $ 35,904 2,353 1,418 2,247 2,528 44,450 (44,032 ) 418 — (327 ) 91 As a result of certain realization requirements of ASC 718, the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities does not include certain deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, that arose directly from (or the use of which was postponed by) tax deductions related to equity compensation that are greater than the compensation recognized for financial reporting. Equity will be increased by $14.4 million if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. At December 31, 2015, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $170.2 million and $117.0 million, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal and state net operating loss carry- forwards will begin to expire in 2023 and 2015, respectively. The Company also has research credit carry-forwards for federal and California tax purposes of approximately $3.6 million and $4.0 million, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal research credit carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2028 and the California research credits carry forward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2014, we had federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards of $140.1 million and $102.4 million, respectively, and federal and state research and development tax credit carry-forwards in the amount of $2.8 million and $2.8 million, respectively. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (IRC Section 382). Events which may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. In the event the Company had subsequent changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carry-overs, which are reserved by the full deferred tax asset valuation allowance, could be limited and may expire unutilized. The Company’s management believes that, based on a number of factors, it is more likely than not, that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized; and accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against the Company’s U.S. and U.K. net deferred tax assets. The net change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was an increase of $11.1 million, $16.4 million and $15.2 million, respectively. 85 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements The Company has adopted the accounting policy that interest and penalties recognized are classified as part of its income taxes. The following shows the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands): Balance as of December 31, 2013 Gross amount of increases in unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken in current year Gross amount of increases in unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken in prior year Balance as of December 31, 2014 Gross amount of increases in unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken in current year Gross amount of decreases in unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken in prior year Balance as of December 31, 2015 $ $ $ 933 465 1,217 2,615 499 (1,217 ) 1,897 The Company does not anticipate that its total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change due to settlement of examination or the expiration of statute of limitations during the next 12 months. The Company files U.S. and foreign income tax returns with varying statutes of limitations. Due to the Company’s net carry-over of unused operating losses, all years from 2003 forward remain subject to future examination by tax authorities. Note 10. Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, less the weighted-average unvested common stock subject to repurchase or forfeuiture as they are not deemed to be issued for accounting purposes. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock, stock options, restricted stock units, ESPP, stock related to the non-vested early exercised stock options and stock related to non-vested restricted stock awards, to the extent dilutive. For the periods presented, all such common stock equivalents have been excluded from diluted net loss per share as the effect to net loss per share would be anti-dilutive. The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands, except per share data): Numerator Net loss Denominator Weighted-average common shares for basic and diluted net loss per share Basic and diluted net loss per share 2015 Year Ended December 31, 2014 2013 (32,099 ) $ (48,340 ) $ (46,098 ) 70,069 (0.46 ) $ 66,818 (0.72 ) $ 33,155 (1.39 ) $ $ Following is a table summarizing the potentially dilutive common shares that were excluded from diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding (in thousands): Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of warrants Shares of common stock subject to repurchase Shares of common stock issuable under equity incentive plans outstanding Potential common shares excluded from diluted net loss per share 2015 Year Ended December 31, 2014 2013 — 2 — 15 502 37 10,337 10,897 11,224 10,339 10,912 11,763 86 RINGCENTRAL, INC. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 11. Geographic Concentrations Revenues by geographic location are based on the billing address of the customer. More than 90% of the Company’s revenues are from the United States for fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. No other individual country exceeded 10% of total revenues for fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Property and equipment by geographic location is based on the location of the legal entity that owns the asset. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, more than 86% and 87% of the Company’s property and equipment is located in the United States, respectively. No other individual country exceeded 10% of total property and equipment at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Note 12. 401(k) Plan The Company has a qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code covering eligible employees. The Company did not make any matching contributions to this plan in the periods presented. Note 13. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands except per share data): Quarter ended Dec 31, 2015 Sept 30, 2015 June 30, 2015 Mar 31, 2015 Dec 31, 2014 Sept 30, 2014 June 30, 2014 Mar 31, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: Revenues Gross profit Operating loss Net Loss Net Loss per share, basic and diluted $ 83,439 $ 60,577 (5,996 ) (6,941 ) 76,780 $ 54,447 (5,828 ) (6,336 ) 70,691 $ 49,162 (9,539 ) (8,211 ) 65,318 $ 44,771 (9,569 ) (10,611 ) 61,893 $ 41,972 (9,343 ) (10,120 ) 56,944 $ 37,539 (10,814 ) (11,986 ) 52,787 $ 33,244 (12,810 ) (13,330 ) 48,262 30,359 (12,238 ) (12,904 ) $ (0.10 ) $ (0.09 ) $ (0.12 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.15 ) $ (0.18 ) $ (0.20 ) $ (0.20 ) Note 14. Related-Party Transactions During fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, in the ordinary course of business, we purchased from Alphabet Inc. (the parent company of Google Inc.), an entity, for which one of our directors serves as a Vice President. Total payables to Alphabet at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $2.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively. Total expenses incurred from Alphabet in 2015, 2014, and 2013 were $11.9 million, $10.1 million, and $10.7 million, respectively. Note 15. Subsequent Events In January 2016, we signed an agreement with Westcon Group, Inc., or Westcon, a global distributor of communications devices with a global presence in 60 countries. The new agreement will leverage Westcon’s capabilities to configure, sell and support physical phone devices to our customers. We will continue to serve our customers who would like to buy phones by acting as an agent on behalf of Westcon. Responsibility for fulfillment of the obligation, inventory, accounts receivable, and warranty service will be transferred to Westcon. Once implemented, most of the revenue for physical phones will be with Westcon and will no longer be on our consolidated statements of operations. Instead, we will receive a commission from Westcon for our referral of sales to Westcon. We will replace the Product Revenue line on our consolidated statements of operations with a line called “Other Revenue”, which will mainly include commission revenue as an agent of Westcon, professional implementation services mainly for our larger customers, residual product revenue during the intermediary period of phasing the inventory to Westcon, and a small amount of product revenues coming from subsidized phones that we may occasionally offer, particularly in competitive bidding process. 87 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15 (e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report (the Evaluation Date). In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. Based on management’s evaluation as of December 31, 2015, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to, and are effective to, provide assurance at a reasonable level that the information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15 (f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on the assessment, management has concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, as stated in their report, which appears herein. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2014. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that there has not been any material change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. 88 PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information concerning our directors, compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, our Audit Committee and any changes to the process by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Board required by this Item are incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the fiscal year to which this report relates. The information concerning our executive officers required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. We have adopted a code of ethics, our Code of Conduct, which applies to all employees, including our principal executive officers, our principal financial officer, and all other executive officers. The Code of Conduct is available on our Web site at www.ringcentral.com within the investor relations section. A copy may also be obtained without charge by contacting Investor Relations, RingCentral, Inc., 20 Davis Drive, Belmont, California 94002 or by calling (650) 472-4100. We plan to post on our Web site at the address described above any future amendments or waivers of our Code of Conduct. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this Item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. The following chart sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2015, with respect to our equity compensation plans, specifically our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2003 Plan, 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan, and our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Each of the 2003 Plan, the 2010 Plan, the 2013 Plan and the ESPP has been approved by our stockholders. Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders Equity Compensation Plan Information Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (1) 10,521,662 $ 11.57 9,662,827 Equity Compensation Plan Information (1) Includes shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan and the ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan automatically increases on January 1st of each year by the lesser of (i) 6,200,000 shares, or (ii) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year. During the year ended December 31, 2015, a total of 3,427,922 shares of Class A common stock were added to the 2013 Plan in connection with the annual automatic increase provision. In addition, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan is increased from time to time in an amount equal to the number of shares subject to outstanding options under the 2003 and 2010 Plans that are subsequently forfeited or terminate for any other reason before being exercised and unvested shares that are forfeited pursuant to the 2003 and 2010 Plans. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP automatically increases on January 1st of each year by the lesser of (i) 1,250,000 shares, or (ii) once percent (1%) of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal year. During the year ended December 31, 2015, a total of 685,584 shares of Class A common stock were added to the 2013 ESPP Plan in connection with the annual increase provision. 89 ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. 90 PART IV. Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) Exhibits. The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference: Exhibit Number Description 3.1 3.2 4.1 10.1+ 10.2+ 10.3+ 10.4+ 10.5+ 10.6+ 10.7+ 10.7A+ 10.8+ Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 3, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference). Bylaws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Fourth Amended Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 23, 2012, by and among the Company and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Offer Letter by and between the Company and Kira Makagon, dated July 30, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Offer Letter by and between the Company and Praful Shah, dated March 31, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Revised Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and John Marlow, dated September 13, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Offer Letter by and between the Company and Clyde Hosein, dated August 7, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment to Offer Letter by and between the Company and Clyde Hosein, dated July 24, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 5, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference) 2014 Bonus Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.9A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, filed on February 27, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference). 10.9+ 2015 Bonus Plan, Appendix A 2015 H1 10.9A+ 2015 Bonus Plan, Appendix A 2015 Q3 10.9B+ 2015 Bonus Plan, Appendix A 2015 Q4 10.10 10.10A 10.11+ 10.12+ Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2015, by and among the Company, RCLEC, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 2, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference). Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2015, by and among the Company, RCLEC, Inc., RingCentral Florida, LLC, RCVA, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 14, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference). 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333- 190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Employment Letter by and between the Company and Vladimir Shmunis, dated September 13, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). 91 Exhibit Number Description 10.13+ Offer Letter by and between the Company and David Sipes, dated June 10, 2008 10.14 21.1 23.1 24.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 Office Lease, dated September 25, 2014, by and between the Company and Helen M. Raiser, Trustee of the JHR Marital Trust under Trust Agreement dated October 2, 1969, as amended, Helen M. Raiser, Trustee of the JHR Bypass Trust under Trust Agreement dated October 2, 1969, as amended, Harvey E. Chapman, Jr., Trustee of the Harvey E. Chapman, Jr. Living Trust under Trust Agreement dated July 17, 2006, and Colleen C. Badell, Trustee of the Colleen C. Badell Living Trust under Trust Agreement dated July 17, 2006, as tenants in common (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014, filed on November 3, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference). List of subsidiaries of the Registrant. Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. Power of Attorney (included in signature page). Certification of Periodic Report by Principal Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Periodic Report by Principal Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 101.INS XBRL Instance Document. 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. + Indicates a management or compensatory plan (b) Financial Statements. Our consolidated financial statements are included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (c) Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements or related notes. 92 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Belmont, State of California, on this 29th day of February, 2016. SIGNATURES RINGCENTRAL, INC. /s/ Vladimir Shmunis Vladimir Shmunis Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Clyde Hosein Clyde Hosein Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Vladimir Shmunis and Clyde Hosein, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature /s/ Vladimir Shmunis Vladimir Shmunis /s/ Clyde Hosein Clyde Hosein /s/ Michelle McKenna-Doyle Michelle McKenna-Doyle /s/ Mike Kourey Mike Kourey /s/ Robert Theis Robert Theis /s/ Allan Thygesen Allan Thygesen /s/ R. Neil Williams R. Neil Williams Title Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Director Director Director Director Director 93 Date February 29, 2016 February 29, 2016 February 29, 2016 February 29, 2016 February 29, 2016 February 29, 2016 February 29, 2016 EXHIBIT INDEX Description Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 3, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference). Bylaws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Fourth Amended Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 23, 2012, by and among the Company and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Offer Letter by and between the Company and Kira Makagon, dated July 30, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Offer Letter by and between the Company and Praful Shah, dated March 31, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Revised Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and John Marlow, dated September 13, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Offer Letter by and between the Company and Clyde Hosein, dated August 7, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment to Offer Letter by and between the Company and Clyde Hosein, dated July 24, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 5, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference) 2014 Bonus Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.9A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, filed on February 27, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference). Exhibit Number 3.1 3.2 4.1 10.1+ 10.2+ 10.3+ 10.4+ 10.5+ 10.6+ 10.7+ 10.7A+ 10.8+ 10.9+ 2015 Bonus Plan, Appendix A 2015 H1 10.9A+ 2015 Bonus Plan, Appendix A 2015 Q3 10.9B+ 2015 Bonus Plan, Appendix A 2015 Q4 10.10 10.10A 10.11+ 10.12+ Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2015, by and among the Company, RCLEC, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 2, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference). Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2015, by and among the Company, RCLEC, Inc., RingCentral Florida, LLC, RCVA, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 14, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference). 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). Employment Letter by and between the Company and Vladimir Shmunis, dated September 13, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-190815, and incorporated herein by reference). 10.13+ Offer Letter by and between the Company and David Sipes, dated June 10, 2008 94 Exhibit Number 10.14 21.1 23.1 24.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 Description Office Lease, dated September 25, 2014, by and between the Company and Helen M. Raiser, Trustee of the JHR Marital Trust under Trust Agreement dated October 2, 1969, as amended, Helen M. Raiser, Trustee of the JHR Bypass Trust under Trust Agreement dated October 2, 1969, as amended, Harvey E. Chapman, Jr., Trustee of the Harvey E. Chapman, Jr. Living Trust under Trust Agreement dated July 17, 2006, and Colleen C. Badell, Trustee of the Colleen C. Badell Living Trust under Trust Agreement dated July 17, 2006, as tenants in common (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014, filed on November 3, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference). List of subsidiaries of the Registrant. Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. Power of Attorney (included in signature page). Certification of Periodic Report by Principal Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Periodic Report by Principal Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 101.INS XBRL Instance Document. 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. (Back To Top) Section 2: EX-10.9 (EX-10.9) 95 RINGCENTRAL, INC. BONUS PLAN Exhibit 10.9 1. Purposes of the Plan. This Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives. 2. Definitions. ventures) controlled by the Company. (a) “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award. (b) “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a (c) (d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period. (e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation. Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan. (f) “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the (g) (h) “Company” means RingCentral, Inc., or any successor thereto. “Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time. individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan. (i) “Employee” means any executive or key employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such (j) “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A (k) “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months. time. (l) “Plan” means this Bonus Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b). (m) “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% performance achievement, payable under the (n) “Termination of Service” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate. 3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards. (a) Selection of Participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods. Determination of Target Awards. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant, which generally will be a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period. (b) Pool. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool. (c) Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus (d) Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Committee may determine the amount of any increase or reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers. Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Target Award which requirement may include, without limitation, (i) cash flow, (ii) cash (e) 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -2- position, (ii) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), (iii) earnings per share, (iv) net income, (v) net profit, (vi) net sales, (vii) operating cash flow, (xxiv) operating expenses, (xxv) operating income, (xxvi) operating margin, (xxvii) overhead or other expense reduction, (xxviii) product defect measures, (xxix) product release timelines, (xxx) productivity, (xxxi) profit, (xxxii) return on assets, (xxxiii) return on capital, (xxxiv) return on equity, (xxxv) return on investment, (xxxvi) return on sales, (xxxvii) revenue, (xxxviii) revenue growth, (xxxix) sales results, (xl) sales growth, (xli) stock price, (xlii) time to market, (xliii) total stockholder return, (xliv) working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or Non- GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine to set forth the applicable performance goals in writing from time-to-time, which writing shall be attached hereto as Appendix A. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d). 4. Payment of Awards. Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled. (a) (b) Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable as determined by the Committee after the end of the Performance Period during which the Actual Award was earned, but in no event later than the fifteenth day of the third month of the Fiscal Year following the date the Participant’s Actual Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the last day of the Performance Period to receive a payment under the Plan. It is the intent that this Plan comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. (c) Form of Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Participant dies or becomes Disabled prior to the payment of an Actual Award earned by him or her prior to death or Disability for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the (d) 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -3- Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable. 5. Plan Administration. (a) Committee is the Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Committee or, if no Committee has been appointed, the Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. (b) Committee Authority. It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan's provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law. (c) Delegation by Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. (d) (e) Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -4- 6. General Provisions. any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations). (a) Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including (b) No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant. or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award. (c) Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. (d) (e) Beneficiary Designations. If permitted by the Committee, a Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid award will be paid in the event of the Participant's death. Each such designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and will be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's death will be paid to the Participant's estate. (f) Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant. 7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration. (a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Board, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -5- (regarding the Board's right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter. (b) Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) 8. Legal Construction. herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural. (a) Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included. (b) rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. (c) Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions. (d) Governing Law. The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention. (e) Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of (f) interpretation or construction of the Plan. Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -6- APPENDIX A-2015 H1 To RingCentral, Inc. Bonus Plan 2015 First Half Performance Goals (Effective as of January 1, 2015) 1. 2015 H1 Performance Period and Performance Goals. For the first half of calendar year 2015, there are two quarterly Performance Periods, ending on March 31 and June 30 (each, a “2015 H1 Performance Period”). For each 2015 H1 Performance Period, there are two equally weighted (50% each) performance goals (each, a “2015 H1 Performance Goal”): Revenue and Operating Margin (each as defined below). The chart below set forth the Revenue and Operating Margin Performance Goals for each of the 2015 H1 Performance Periods. 2015 H1 Performance Period Revenue Performance Goal (in millions) Operating Margin Performance Goal Q1 Q2 $64.8 $69.9 (10.7%) (6.6%) “Revenue” means as to any 2015 H1 Performance Period, the Company’s net revenues generated from third parties, including both services revenues and product revenues as defined in the Company’s Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Net revenue is defined as gross sales less any pertinent discounts, refunds or other contra-revenue amounts, as presented on the Company’s press releases reporting its quarterly financial results. “Operating Margin” means as to any 2015 H1 Performance Period, the Company’s non-GAAP operating income divided by its Revenue. Non-GAAP operating income means the Company’s Revenues less cost of revenues and operating expenses, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation expense, amortization of acquisition related intangibles, legal settlement related charges and as adjusted for certain acquisitions, as presented on the Company’s press releases reporting its quarterly financial results. The Operating Margin Performance Goal for each 2015 H1 Performance Period assumes that the Company will have negative Operating Margin in each quarter. 2. Funding of 2015 H1 Bonus Pool. Subject to the terms of the Plan, including but not limited to Section 3(d) of the Plan, following the end of each 2015 H1 Performance Period, the Committee will determine the extent to which each of the 2015 H1 Performance Goals are achieved in accordance with the following guidelines. If the Company does not achieve Revenue in a 2015 H1 Performance Period that is equal to at least the lowest amount a. of Revenue in the range forecast that has been publicly disclosed by the Company for such 2015 H1 Performance Period (“Revenue Floor”), the 2015 H1 Bonus Pool for such 2015 H1 Performance Period will not fund. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -7- If the Company does not achieve Operating Margin in a 2015 H1 Performance Period that is equal to at least eighty b. percent (80%) of the lowest amount of Operating Margin in the range forecast that has been publicly disclosed by the Company for such 2015 Performance Period (“Operating Margin Floor”), the 2015 H1 Bonus Pool for such 2015 H1 Performance Period will not fund. c. If the Company achieves Revenue that is at least equal to the Revenue Floor and achieves Operating Margin that is at least equal to the Operating Margin Floor, the 2015 H1 Bonus Pool for such 2015 H1 Performance Period will fund as follows with respect to each 2015 H1 Performance Goal during such 2015 H1 Performance Period based on the applicable Percentage Goal Achievement. The chart below illustrates examples of the funding multiple that will apply to each Performance Goal. Performance Goal Achievement Revenue (Positive) 2015 H1 Bonus Pool Funding Multiple for Revenue* 80% 90% 92% 94% 96% 98% 100% 102% 104% 106% 108% 110% 112% 114% 116% 118% 120% .80x .90x .92x .94x .96x .98x 1.00x 1.02x 1.04x 1.06x 1.08x 1.10x 1.12x 1.14x 1.16x 1.18x 1.20x Performance Goal Achievement Operating Margin (Negative) 125.0% 111.1% 108.7% 106.4% 104.2% 102.0% 100.0% 98.0% 96.2% 94.3% 92.6% 90.9% 89.3% 87.7% 86.2% 84.7% 83.3% 2015 H1 Bonus Pool Funding Multiple for Operating Margin* .80x .90x .92x .94x .96x .98x 1.00x 1.02x 1.04x 1.06x 1.08x 1.10x 1.12x 1.14x 1.16x 1.18x 1.20x * “x” equals the target bonus amount at achievement of 100% of the respective 2015 H1 Performance Goals. The lowest Funding Multiple for Revenue set forth above assumes that the achievement of the 2015 H1 Performance Goal for Revenue (Positive) is equal to at least the Revenue Floor required to fund the 2015 H1 Bonus Plan, and the lowest Funding Multiple for Operating Margin set forth above assumes that the achievement of the 2015 H1 Performance Goal for Operating Margin (Negative) is equal to at least the Operating Margin Floor required to fund the 2015 H1 Bonus Plan. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -8- Illustration For example, if the Company achieves its Revenue at 93% (positive) of the 2015 H1 Performance Goal for Revenue and achieves its Operating Margin at 111.1% (negative) of the 2015 H1 Performance Goal for Operating Margin, the 2015 H1 Bonus Pool will fund as to 91.5%, determined as follows: - 46.5% on achievement of the Revenue 2015 H1 Performance Goal (50% weighted target * .93x) - 45% on achievement of the Operating Margin 2015 H1 Performance Goal (50% weighted target * .90x) 3. Timing of Bonus Payments. Quarterly bonuses earned under this 2015 H1 Bonus Plan shall be paid in the quarter following the quarter in which earned. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A (Back To Top) -9- Section 3: EX-10.9A (EX-10.9A) RINGCENTRAL, INC. BONUS PLAN Exhibit 10.9A 1. Purposes of the Plan. This Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives. 2. Definitions. (a) ventures) controlled by the Company. “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint (b) “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award. (c) (d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period. (e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation. (f) “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan. (g) (h) “Company” means RingCentral, Inc., or any successor thereto. “Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time. (i) “Employee” means any executive or key employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan. (j) “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period. (k) “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan Appendix A-2015 7-17-15-1_V2 sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months. (l) “Plan” means this Bonus Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time. (m) “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b). (n) “Termination of Service” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate. 3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards. (a) Selection of Participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods. (b) Determination of Target Awards. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant, which generally will be a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period. (c) Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool. (d) Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Committee may determine the amount of any increase or reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers. (e) Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Target Award which requirement may include, without limitation, (i) cash flow, (ii) cash position, (ii) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), (iii) earnings per share, (iv) net income, (v) net profit, (vi) net sales, (vii) operating cash flow, (xxiv) operating expenses, (xxv) operating income, (xxvi) operating margin, (xxvii) overhead or other expense 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan Appendix A-2015 7-17-15-1_V2 -2- reduction, (xxviii) product defect measures, (xxix) product release timelines, (xxx) productivity, (xxxi) profit, (xxxii) return on assets, (xxxiii) return on capital, (xxxiv) return on equity, (xxxv) return on investment, (xxxvi) return on sales, (xxxvii) revenue, (xxxviii) revenue growth, (xxxix) sales results, (xl) sales growth, (xli) stock price, (xlii) time to market, (xliii) total stockholder return, (xliv) working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or Non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine to set forth the applicable performance goals in writing from time-to-time, which writing shall be attached hereto as Appendix A. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d). 4. Payment of Awards. (a) Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled. (b) Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable as determined by the Committee after the end of the Performance Period during which the Actual Award was earned, but in no event later than the fifteenth day of the third month of the Fiscal Year following the date the Participant’s Actual Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the last day of the Performance Period to receive a payment under the Plan. It is the intent that this Plan comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. (c) Form of Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. (d) Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Participant dies or becomes Disabled prior to the payment of an Actual Award earned by him or her prior to death or Disability for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable. 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan Appendix A-2015 7-17-15-1_V2 -3- 5. Plan Administration. (a) Committee is the Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Committee or, if no Committee has been appointed, the Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. (b) Committee Authority. It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan's provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. (c) Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law. (d) Delegation by Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. (e) Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless. 6. General Provisions. (a) Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations). 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan Appendix A-2015 7-17-15-1_V2 -4- (b) No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant. (c) Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award. (d) Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. (e) Beneficiary Designations. If permitted by the Committee, a Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid award will be paid in the event of the Participant's death. Each such designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and will be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's death will be paid to the Participant's estate. (f) Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant. 7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration. (a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Board, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan. (b) Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Board's right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter. 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan Appendix A-2015 7-17-15-1_V2 -5- 8. Legal Construction. (a) Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural. (b) Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included. (c) Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. (d) Governing Law. The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions. (e) Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention. (f) interpretation or construction of the Plan. Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan Appendix A-2015 7-17-15-1_V2 -6- APPENDIX A-2015 Q3Q3 To RingCentral, Inc. Bonus Plan 2015 Third Quarter Performance Goals (Effective as of July 1, 2015) 1. 2015 Q3 Performance Period and Performance Goals. For the third quarter of calendar year 2015, there is one quarterly Performance Period, ending on September 30, 2015 (the “2015 Q3 Performance Period”). For the 2015 Q3 Performance Period, there are two equally weighted (50% each) performance goals (each, a “2015 Q3 Performance Goal”): Revenue and Operating Margin (each as defined below). The chart below set forth the Revenue and Operating Margin Performance Goals for the 2015 Q3 Performance Period. 2015 Q3 Performance Period Revenue Performance Goal (in millions) Operating Margin Performance Goal Q3 $75.1 (3.6%) “Revenue” means as to the 2015 Q3 Performance Period, the Company’s net revenues generated from third parties, including both services revenues and product revenues as defined in the Company’s Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Net revenue is defined as gross sales less any pertinent discounts, refunds or other contra-revenue amounts, as presented on the Company’s press releases reporting its quarterly financial results. “Operating Margin” means as to the 2015 Q3 Performance Period, the Company’s non-GAAP operating income divided by its Revenue. Non-GAAP operating income means the Company’s Revenues less cost of revenues and operating expenses, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation expense, amortization of acquisition related intangibles, legal settlement related charges and as adjusted for certain acquisitions, as presented on the Company’s press releases reporting its quarterly financial results. The Operating Margin Performance Goal for the 2015 Q3 Performance Period assumes that the Company will have negative Operating Margin in the quarter. 2. Funding of 2015 Q3 Bonus Pool. Subject to the terms of the Plan, including but not limited to Section 3(d) of the Plan, following the end of the 2015 Q3 Performance Period, the Committee will determine the extent to which each of the 2015 Q3 Performance Goals are achieved in accordance with the following guidelines. If the Company does not achieve Revenue in the 2015 Q3 Performance Period that is equal to at least the lowest amount a. of Revenue in the range forecast that has been publicly disclosed by the Company for such 2015 Q3 Performance Period (“Revenue Floor”), the 2015 Q3 Bonus Pool for such 2015 Q3 Performance Period will not fund. 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan Appendix A-2015 7-17-15-1_V2 -7- If the Company does not achieve Operating Margin in the 2015 Q3 Performance Period that is equal to at least fifty b. percent (50%) of the lowest amount of Operating Margin in the range forecast that has been publicly disclosed by the Company for such 2015 Performance Period (“Operating Margin Floor”), the 2015 Q3 Bonus Pool for such 2015 Q3 Performance Period will not fund. c. If the Company achieves Revenue that is at least equal to the Revenue Floor and achieves Operating Margin that is at least equal to the Operating Margin Floor, the 2015 Q3 Bonus Pool for the 2015 Q3 Performance Period will fund as follows based on the applicable Percentage Goal Achievement. The chart below illustrates examples of the funding multiple that will apply to each Performance Goal. Performance Goal Achievement Revenue (Positive) 2015 Q3 Bonus Pool Funding Multiple for Revenue* Performance Goal Achievement Operating Margin (Negative) 2015 Q3 Bonus Pool Funding Multiple for Operating Margin* 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 92% 94% 96% 98% 100% 102% 104% 106% 108% 110% 112% 114% 116% 118% 120% .50x .60x .70x .80x .90x .92x .94x .96x .98x 1.00x 1.02x 1.04x 1.06x 1.08x 1.10x 1.12x 1.14x 1.16x 1.18x 1.20x 200.0% 166.7% 142.9% 125.0% 111.1% 108.7% 106.4% 104.2% 102.0% 100.0% 98.0% 96.2% 94.3% 92.6% 90.9% 89.3% 87.7% 86.2% 84.7% 83.3% .50x .60x .70x .80x .90x .92x .94x .96x .98x 1.00x 1.02x 1.04x 1.06x 1.08x 1.10x 1.12x 1.14x 1.16x 1.18x 1.20x * “x” equals the target bonus amount at achievement of 100% of the respective 2015 Q3 Performance Goals. The lowest Funding Multiple for Revenue set forth above assumes that the achievement of the 2015 Q3 Performance Goal for Revenue (Positive) is equal to at least the Revenue Floor required to fund the 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan, and the lowest Funding Multiple for Operating Margin set forth above assumes that the achievement of the 2015 Q3 Performance Goal for Operating Margin (Negative) is equal to at least the Operating Margin Floor required to fund the 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan. The maximum Funding Multiple for Operating Margin shall be 1.20x. 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan Appendix A-2015 7-17-15-1_V2 -8- Illustration For example, if the Company achieves its Revenue at 93% (positive) of the 2015 Q3 Performance Goal for Revenue and achieves its Operating Margin at 111.1% (negative) of the 2015 Q3 Performance Goal for Operating Margin, the 2015 Q3 Bonus Pool will fund as to 91.5%, determined as follows: - 46.5% on achievement of the Revenue 2015 Q3 Performance Goal (50% weighted target * .93x) - 45% on achievement of the Operating Margin 2015 Q3 Performance Goal (50% weighted target * .90x) 3. Timing of Bonus Payments. Quarterly bonuses earned under this 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan shall be paid in the quarter following the quarter in which earned. 2015 Q3 Bonus Plan Appendix A-2015 7-17-15-1_V2 -9- (Back To Top) Section 4: EX-10.9B (EX-10.9B) RINGCENTRAL, INC. BONUS PLAN Exhibit 10.9B 1. Purposes of the Plan. This Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives. 2. Definitions. (a) ventures) controlled by the Company. “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint (b) “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award. (c) (d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period. (e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation. (f) “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan. (g) (h) “Company” means RingCentral, Inc., or any successor thereto. “Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time. (i) “Employee” means any executive or key employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan. (j) “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A (k) “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months. (l) “Plan” means this Bonus Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time. (m) “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b). (n) “Termination of Service” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate. 3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards. (a) Selection of Participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods. (b) Determination of Target Awards. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant, which generally will be a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period. (c) Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool. (d) Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Committee may determine the amount of any increase or reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers. (e) Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Target Award which requirement may include, without limitation, (i) cash flow, (ii) cash position, (ii) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -2- (iii) earnings per share, (iv) net income, (v) net profit, (vi) net sales, (vii) operating cash flow, (xxiv) operating expenses, (xxv) operating income, (xxvi) operating margin, (xxvii) overhead or other expense reduction, (xxviii) product defect measures, (xxix) product release timelines, (xxx) productivity, (xxxi) profit, (xxxii) return on assets, (xxxiii) return on capital, (xxxiv) return on equity, (xxxv) return on investment, (xxxvi) return on sales, (xxxvii) revenue, (xxxviii) revenue growth, (xxxix) sales results, (xl) sales growth, (xli) stock price, (xlii) time to market, (xliii) total stockholder return, (xliv) working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or Non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine to set forth the applicable performance goals in writing from time-to-time, which writing shall be attached hereto as Appendix A. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3 (d). 4. Payment of Awards. (a) Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled. (b) Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable as determined by the Committee after the end of the Performance Period during which the Actual Award was earned, but in no event later than the fifteenth day of the third month of the Fiscal Year following the date the Participant’s Actual Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the last day of the Performance Period to receive a payment under the Plan. It is the intent that this Plan comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. (c) Form of Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. (d) Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Participant dies or becomes Disabled prior to the payment of an Actual Award earned by him or her prior to death or Disability for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -3- 5. Plan Administration. (a) Committee is the Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Committee or, if no Committee has been appointed, the Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. (b) Committee Authority. It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan's provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. (c) Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law. (d) Delegation by Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. (e) Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless. 6. General Provisions. (a) Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations). 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -4- (b) No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant. (c) Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award. (d) Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. (e) Beneficiary Designations. If permitted by the Committee, a Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid award will be paid in the event of the Participant's death. Each such designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and will be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's death will be paid to the Participant's estate. (f) Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant. 7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration. (a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Board, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan. (b) Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Board's right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -5- 8. Legal Construction. (a) Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural. (b) Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included. (c) Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. (d) Governing Law. The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions. (e) Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention. (f) interpretation or construction of the Plan. Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -6- APPENDIX A-2015 Q4 To RingCentral, Inc. Bonus Plan 2015 Fourth Quarter Performance Goals (Effective as of October 1, 2015) 1. 2015 Q4 Performance Period and Performance Goals. For the fourth quarter of calendar year 2015, there is one quarterly Performance Period, ending on December 31 (the “2015 Q4 Performance Period”). For the 2015 Q4 Performance Period, there are two equally weighted (50% each) performance goals (each, a “2015 Q4 Performance Goal”): Revenue and Operating Margin (each as defined below). The chart below set forth the Revenue and Operating Margin Performance Goals for the 2015 Q4 Performance Period. 2015 Q4 Performance Period Revenue Performance Goal (in millions) Operating Margin Performance Goal Q4 $80.4 0.00% “Revenue” means as to the 2015 Q4 Performance Period, the Company’s net revenues generated from third parties, including both services revenues and product revenues as defined in the Company’s Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Net revenue is defined as gross sales less any pertinent discounts, refunds or other contra-revenue amounts, as presented on the Company’s press releases reporting its quarterly financial results. “Operating Margin” means as to the 2015 Q4 Performance Period, the Company’s non-GAAP operating income divided by its Revenue. Non-GAAP operating income means the Company’s Revenues less cost of revenues and operating expenses, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation expense, amortization of acquisition related intangibles, legal settlement related charges and as adjusted for certain acquisitions, as presented on the Company’s press releases reporting its quarterly financial results. 2. Funding of 2015 Q4 Bonus Pool. Subject to the terms of the Plan, including but not limited to Section 3(d) of the Plan, following the end of the 2015 Q4 Performance Period, the Committee will determine the extent to which each of the 2015 Q4 Performance Goals are achieved in accordance with the following guidelines. If the Company does not achieve Revenue in the 2015 Q4 Performance Period that is equal to at least the lowest amount a. of Revenue in the range forecast that has been publicly disclosed by the Company for the 2015 Q4 Performance Period (“Revenue Floor”), the 2015 Q4 Bonus Pool for the 2015 Q4 Performance Period will not fund. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -7- If the Company does not achieve Operating Margin in the 2015 Q4 Performance Period that is equal to at least 0.00% b. (“Operating Margin Floor”), the 2015 Q4 Bonus Pool for the 2015 Q4 Performance Period will not fund. c. If the Company achieves Revenue that is at least equal to the Revenue Floor and achieves Operating Margin that is at least equal to the Operating Margin Floor, the 2015 Q4 Bonus Pool for the 2015 Q4 Performance Period will fund as follows with respect to each 2015 Q4 Performance Goal during the 2015 Q4 Performance Period. The below illustrates examples of the funding multiple that will apply to the Revenue Performance Goal and the Operating Margin Performance Goal. Revenue Performance Goal Achievement Revenue 80% 90% 92% 94% 96% 98% 100% 102% 104% 106% 108% 110% 112% 114% 116% 118% 120% 2015 Q4 Bonus Pool Funding Multiple for Revenue(1) .80x .90x .92x .94x .96x .98x 1.00x 1.02x 1.04x 1.06x 1.08x 1.10x 1.12x 1.14x 1.16x 1.18x 1.20x (1) “x” equals the target bonus amount at achievement of 100% of the 2015 Q4 Revenue Performance Goal. The lowest Funding Multiple for Revenue set forth above assumes that the achievement of the 2015 Q4 Performance Goal for Revenue (Positive) is equal to at least the Revenue Floor required to fund the 2015 Q4 Bonus Plan. Operating Margin If Operating Margin is equal to 0.00%, then the target bonus achievement of the 2015 Q4 Operating Income Performance Goal is 100%. If Operating Income is greater than 0.00%, then the target bonus achievement of the 2015 Q4 Operating Income Performance Goal is 120%. 2015 Bonus Plan Appendix A -8- Illustration For example, if the Company achieves its Revenue at 93% (positive) of the 2015 Q4 Performance Goal for Revenue and achieves an Operating Margin of 0.9%, the 2015 Q4 Bonus Pool will fund as to 106.5%, determined as follows: - 46.5% on achievement of the Revenue 2015 Q4 Performance Goal (50% weighted target * .93x) - 60% on achievement of the Operating Margin 2015 Q4 Performance Goal (50% weighted target * 1.20x) 3. Timing of Bonus Payments. Quarterly bonuses earned under this 2015 Q4 Bonus Plan shall be paid in the quarter following the quarter in which earned. 2015 Q4 Bonus Plan Appendix A (Back To Top) -9- Section 5: EX-10.13 (EX-10.13) Exhibit 10.13 MAKING C OMMUNICATIONS EASY June 10, 2008 To: David Sipes Re: Offer Letter Dear David, It is my pleasure to offer you a full time position with RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company” or “RingCentral”), as Vice President – Worldwide Marketing (“VPWM”), reporting to me. Your initial responsibilities will be as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto. You may also be asked from time to time to take ownership of various tasks and projects that would be commensurate with your experience and Company’s needs. Your starting compensation plan will be as follows: · Salary. Annual gross base salary of $17,916.66 per month ($215,000 per year) (subject to standard withholding and payroll deductions), payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies. · MBO Performance Bonus. o On a quarterly basis, you shall be eligible to receive a management-by-objective (MBO) bonus in the target gross amount of $15,000 per quarter ($60,000 per year). The MBO variable pay component will be prorated for your first quarter of employment as appropriate. Your general MBO targets shall be the responsibilities described in Exhibit A. Your specific MBO targets shall be as mutually agreed by you and the Company on a quarterly basis (see below). You understand and agree that while it is the Company’s intent to set up reasonably achievable MBOs, actual achievement of these MBO target milestones may not necessarily be strictly solely in your control. Therefore, the above notwithstanding, the amount of your variable pay will be based on the extent to which those MBO targets are achieved by the Company and/or you. o Your specific initial quarterly MBO targets will be set by mutual agreement no later than 14 days after your Start Date; thereafter, your specific quarterly MBO targets will be set by mutual agreement on or before the beginning of each quarter. The Company’s MBO performance milestone(s) will be set by the board at or about the beginning of each calendar year. o All MBO performance bonuses shall be paid on a quarterly basis within 15 days after the end of each fiscal quarter. At the end of each quarter you will deliver to the Company a written summary showing in reasonable detail the extent to which your milestone(s) were satisfied in the applicable fiscal quarter. If the Company and you disagree about whether an MBO milestone has been achieved, you and the Company shall promptly meet and confer in good faith to attempt to resolve the matter on mutually agreeable terms, provided however that the final decision on evaluation of your performance against set targets shall always remain with the Company. MAKING C OMMUNICATIONS EASY · Stock Options. Subject to board approval, you will be issued 325,000 stock options, which stock options are equal to approximately one-sixty-fifth of one percent (0.65%) of the fully-diluted capital stock of the Company. The exercise price of the stock options will be $0.99 per share, which is the current fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock. Your stock options shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”). All of your stock options shall vest over a 4-year vesting schedule as follows: provided you remain an employee of the Company, 25% of the stock options shall vest on the first anniversary of your employment start date, and the remaining options shall vest in equal installments at the rate of 1/48th per month (i.e., 6,771 options vest per month) on a monthly basis thereafter. Subject to applicable law, your stock options will be issued as incentive stock options. · Double-Trigger Stock Option Vesting Acceleration. If the Company consummates a “Change of Control (defined below) and (i) you are terminated by the Company within 60 days prior to the Change of Control and/or not hired by the surviving / successor entity, or (ii) within 12 months after the Change of Control, your employment is terminated by the successor/surviving company without cause or you terminate your employment with the successor/surviving company for “Good Reason” (defined below), then fifty percent (50%) of your then unvested stock options shall immediately vest in full and be exercisable on your termination date. “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) any · consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization after which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, fail to own at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following such consolidation, merger or reorganization, (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50% ) of the Company’s voting power is transferred, but excluding in the case of (A) and (B) (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile or state of incorporation of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof, or (C) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. “Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor · corporation or entity without your consent: (i) reduction of more than 5% of your overall compensation (it being agreed that your failure to achieve or be paid any target MBO bonus does not constitute a 5% reduction of your overall compensation); (ii) material reduction in your duties, provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) shall not be deemed a “material reduction” unless your new duties are substantially reduced from your prior duties; or (iii) relocation of your principal place of employment to a place greater than 50 miles from the Company’s then-principal executive offices. · Benefits. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard health benefits plan and will be provided with 10 Company holiday-vacation days and 10 days of paid-time off in accordance with the Company’s policies for other employees of your position. Please note that the Company has contracted with an outsourced HR service provider to handle and administer the Company’s accounting, payroll, benefits, vacation/paid-time off and other RingCentral, Inc · 1 Lagoon Drive, Suite 350, Redwood City, CA · Tel. 650-655-6900 · Fax. 650-655-6656 · www.ringcentral.com MAKING C OMMUNICATIONS EASY administrative matters. When you begin employment, you will be provided with a complete description of these Company policies. Also, because of the co-employment nature of the relationship between the Company and the HR service provider, you may also be required to sign the HR service provider’s standard form of employment contract and any other administrative forms required by the HR service provider. · Severance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of an involuntary termination of your employment by the Company without “cause” (as defined below) or voluntary termination with Good Reason at any time after December 25, 2008, you will be entitled to severance compensation equal to three (3) month’s base salary. All severance shall be paid over three months in accordance with the Company’s payroll procedures. For purposes of this agreement, “cause” means (i) conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty , (ii) a willful and substantial violation of the Company’s corporate policies, including but not limited to the Company’s Code of Conduct or similar policy(s) described in the Company’s employee handbook, or (iii) your material failure to perform your duties and responsibilities to the Company that has not been cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the Company, or (iv) a material breach of the PIIA As a condition of your employment, you will need to sign our standard employee proprietary invention assignment and confidentiality agreement (“PIIA”). For purposes of federal immigration law, you may be required to provide to us documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. You must provide such documentation to us within three (3) business days of request as a condition of this offer and of your employment. Your failure to comply with this condition gives us the right to immediately terminate our employment relationship with you. Your continual employment with the Company at all times is strictly “at will.” This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever, simply by notifying the company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. In case of any such termination, except as expressly set forth herein, the Company is under no obligation to pay you a severance and the Company shall have no outstanding obligations to you except your right to exercise your then-currently vested stock options in accordance with 2003 Plan. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in writing, signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In the unlikely event of a dispute between Company and you arising out of or related to your employment, including any matter related to the stock options, or the termination of your employment for any reason whatsoever, we each agree to submit our dispute to binding arbitration in the County of San Mateo, California under the Federal Arbitration Act if we are unable to resolve the dispute after meeting and conferring in good faith within 45 days. This means that there will be no court or jury trial of disputes between us concerning your employment or the termination of your employment. The Company will pay all of the arbitration costs. In the event of arbitration, the Company will pay all costs and fees of the arbitration, including your arbitration fees and costs. While this agreement to arbitrate is intended to be broad (and covers, for example, claims under state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, sex, age, disability, family leave, etc.), it is not RingCentral, Inc · 1 Lagoon Drive, Suite 350, Redwood City, CA · Tel. 650-655-6900 · Fax. 650-655-6656 · www.ringcentral.com MAKING C OMMUNICATIONS EASY applicable to your rights under the California Workers’ Compensation Law, which are governed under the special provisions of that law, or to enforcement of the attached agreement concerning confidential information and ownership of inventions. Your employment start date shall be June 25, 2008 (“Start Date”). If not accepted in writing, this offer will expire in its entirety at 5:00 p.m. (PST) on Wednesday, June 11, 2008. David, I really look forward to working with you and taking this Company to the next level together. This is a key executive position, and we have high hopes that you will contribute in a very tangible and visible manner to our growth. Sincerely, ACCEPTED Vlad Shmunis CEO RingCentral, Inc. /s/ David Sipes David Sipes Date: June 11, 2008 RingCentral, Inc · 1 Lagoon Drive, Suite 350, Redwood City, CA · Tel. 650-655-6900 · Fax. 650-655-6656 · www.ringcentral.com MAKING C OMMUNICATIONS EASY EXHIBIT A Responsibilities Your responsibilities as RingCentral’s Vice President – Worldwide Marketing are as follows: · Establish RingCentral as a leading international brand for small business communications. · Primary responsibility for profitably growing RingCentral’s current 60K customers to a community of hundreds of thousands. · Responsibility for all prospect and customer marketing, with the former including SEM/SEO, Affiliate, Display, Direct, Viral, as well as various off-line techniques as appropriate. · Recruit, motivate and set direction for the marketing team (both internal and external resources, including multiple agency relationships); establish processes, accountabilities and track progress against goals and objectives. · Lead full range of marketing activities, including: market research, user database initiatives, corporate identity development, publicity, advertising, promotion and community development (seminars/Webinars, user groups, blogs, etc.), both on- and offline. · Establish and manage a multi-million dollar marketing budget and continually develop, test, measure and refine an innovative mix of online and offline marketing methods to maximize impact on target audiences and the ROI of marketing dollars. · Maximize utilization of the data gained from the customers’ use of the Company’s products; build customer retention programs based on the data. · Work closely with Product Management on development of feature prioritization, product roadmap, pricing and revenue optimization. · Work closely with Business Development to develop and manage key partnerships with leading companies offering complimentary products and services to the target audience (e.g., VistaPrint, PayPal, Intuit, Cisco, domestic and international carriers, etc.) · Work closely with Customer Satisfaction to minimize churn and increase revenue from existing customers. · Work closely with, and initially manage, Telesales to hone down the pitch and improve overall product effectiveness. · As a core member of the executive team, collaborate on and contribute to overall Company strategy and organizational development (recruitment, culture, etc); play a central role in determining future expansion opportunities. RingCentral, Inc · 1 Lagoon Drive, Suite 350, Redwood City, CA · Tel. 650-655-6900 · Fax. 650-655-6656 · www.ringcentral.com MAKING C OMMUNICATIONS EASY Metrics. In addition to the general goal as set forth above, your performance will be measured in terms of quantifiable progress against the following metrics: · Number of customer leads · Cost of leads · Trial-to-Paid Conversions · Industry awards RingCentral, Inc · 1 Lagoon Drive, Suite 350, Redwood City, CA · Tel. 650-655-6900 · Fax. 650-655-6656 · www.ringcentral.com (Back To Top) Section 6: EX-21.1 (EX-21.1) List of Subsidiaries Jurisdiction of Incorporation Exhibit 21.1 Delaware Virginia United Kingdom Canada China Switzerland Netherlands Delaware Hong Kong China Singapore Ireland Spain Name RCLEC, Inc. RCVA, Inc. RingCentral UK Ltd. RingCentral Canada, Inc. Xiamen RingCentral Software Co., Ltd. RingCentral CH GmbH RingCentral B.V. RingCentral Florida, LLC RingCentral Hong Kong Ltd. RingCentral Xiamen Software Co., Ltd. RingCentral Singapore Pte. Ltd. RingCentral Ireland Ltd. RingCentral Espana SLU. (Back To Top) Section 7: EX-23.1 (EX-23.1) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Exhibit 23.1 The Board of Directors RingCentral, Inc.: We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-191433, 333-202367) on Form S-8 of RingCentral, Inc. and subsidiaries (RingCentral) of our report dated February 29, 2016 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of RingCentral as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, which report appears in the December 31, 2015 annual report on Form 10-K of RingCentral. /s/ KPMG LLP Santa Clara, California February 29, 2016 (Back To Top) Section 8: EX-31.1 (EX-31.1) Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Exhibit 31.1 I, Vladimir Shmunis, certify that: 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of RingCentral, Inc.; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ Vladimir Shmunis Vladimir Shmunis Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer) Date: February 29, 2016 (Back To Top) Section 9: EX-31.2 (EX-31.2) Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Exhibit 31.2 I, Clyde Hosein, certify that: 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of RingCentral, Inc.; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ Clyde Hosein Clyde Hosein Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Date: February 29, 2016 (Back To Top) Section 10: EX-32.1 (EX-32.1) CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.1 In connection with the Annual Report of RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Vladimir Shmunis, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: February 29, 2016 /s/ Vladimir Shmunis Vladimir Shmunis Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer) (Back To Top) Section 11: EX-32.2 (EX-32.2) CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.2 In connection with the Annual Report of RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Clyde Hosein, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: February 29, 2016 /s/ Clyde Hosein Clyde Hosein Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) (Back To Top) 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above